Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3516:ebec52bc2800 v7.3.519
updated for version 7.3.519
Problem: When completefunction returns it cannot indicate end of completion
mode.
Solution: Recognize completefunction returning -3. (Mtsushita Shougo)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 18 May 2012 16:35:21 +0200 |
| parents | 75037f9bc97a |
| children | 65f905eb14cd |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 449 | 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 259 #endif | |
| 260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 7 | 264 |
| 265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 267 | |
| 268 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 269 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 270 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 271 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 272 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 273 |
| 274 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 275 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 276 #endif | |
| 277 | |
| 278 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 279 | |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 281 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 282 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 283 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 284 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 285 #endif |
| 286 | |
| 287 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 288 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 289 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 290 | |
| 291 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 292 under the cursor */ | |
| 293 | |
| 294 /* | |
| 295 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 296 * | |
| 297 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 298 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 299 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 300 * 'R' replace command | |
| 301 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 302 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 303 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 304 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 305 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * | |
| 307 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 308 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 309 * | |
| 310 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 int | |
| 313 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 314 int cmdchar; | |
| 315 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 316 long count; | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int c = 0; | |
| 319 char_u *ptr; | |
| 320 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 321 int mincol; |
| 7 | 322 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 323 int i; | |
| 324 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 326 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 330 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 331 #endif | |
| 332 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 333 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 334 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 335 |
| 603 | 336 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 337 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 338 | |
| 7 | 339 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 340 * error message */ | |
| 341 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 342 | |
| 343 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 344 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 345 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 346 { | |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 350 #endif | |
| 632 | 351 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 352 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 353 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 |
| 359 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 360 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 361 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 362 { |
| 363 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 364 return FALSE; | |
| 365 } | |
| 7 | 366 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 367 #endif | |
| 368 | |
| 11 | 369 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 370 /* | |
| 371 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 372 */ | |
| 373 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 374 { | |
| 532 | 375 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 376 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 377 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 378 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 379 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 380 else | |
| 381 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 382 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 383 # endif |
| 11 | 384 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 385 } | |
| 386 #endif | |
| 387 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
391 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
392 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
393 |
| 7 | 394 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 395 /* | |
| 396 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 397 * where the paste started. | |
| 398 */ | |
| 399 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 400 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 401 else | |
| 402 #endif | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 405 if (startln) | |
| 406 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 407 } | |
| 1869 | 408 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 409 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 410 if (!did_ai) | |
| 411 ai_col = 0; | |
| 412 | |
| 413 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 416 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 418 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 419 { | |
| 420 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 421 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 423 } | |
| 424 else | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 { | |
| 427 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 428 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 429 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 430 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 431 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 438 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 beep_flush(); | |
| 441 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 442 State = INSERT; | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 else | |
| 445 #endif | |
| 446 State = REPLACE; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 449 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 450 { | |
| 451 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 452 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 453 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 454 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 #endif | |
| 457 else | |
| 458 State = INSERT; | |
| 459 | |
| 460 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 461 | |
| 462 /* | |
| 463 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 464 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 465 */ | |
| 466 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 467 | |
| 468 /* | |
| 469 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 470 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 471 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 472 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 473 */ | |
| 474 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 475 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 476 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 477 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 478 #endif | |
| 479 | |
| 480 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 481 setmouse(); | |
| 482 #endif | |
| 483 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 484 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 485 #endif | |
| 486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 487 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 488 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 489 if (revins_on) | |
| 490 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 491 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 492 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 493 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 494 #endif | |
| 495 | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 498 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 499 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 500 */ | |
| 501 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 504 /* | |
| 505 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 506 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 509 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 510 else | |
| 511 #endif | |
| 512 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 513 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 514 | |
| 515 /* | |
| 516 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 517 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 518 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 519 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 520 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 521 */ | |
| 522 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 523 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 524 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 525 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 526 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 529 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 531 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 532 { | |
| 474 | 533 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 534 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 535 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 #endif | |
| 538 } | |
| 230 | 539 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 540 } |
| 541 else | |
| 542 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 543 | |
| 544 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 545 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 546 | |
| 547 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 548 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 549 | |
| 550 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 551 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 552 #endif | |
| 553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 554 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 555 #endif | |
| 556 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 557 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 558 * restarting. */ | |
| 559 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 560 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 561 #endif | |
| 562 | |
| 563 /* | |
| 564 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 565 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 566 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 567 */ | |
| 568 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 569 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 570 i = showmode(); |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 573 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 574 |
| 575 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 576 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 577 #endif | |
| 578 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 579 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 | |
| 603 | 582 /* |
| 583 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 584 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 585 */ | |
| 7 | 586 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 587 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 588 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 589 else | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 592 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 | |
| 595 old_indent = 0; | |
| 596 | |
| 597 /* | |
| 598 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 599 */ | |
| 600 for (;;) | |
| 601 { | |
| 602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 603 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 604 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 605 else | |
| 606 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 609 count = 0; | |
| 610 | |
| 611 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 614 count = 0; | |
| 615 goto doESCkey; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 | |
| 618 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 619 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 620 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 621 | |
| 622 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 623 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 624 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 625 { | |
| 626 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 627 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 628 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 629 } | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 635 | |
| 636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 637 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 638 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 639 * autocommand. */ | |
| 640 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 641 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 642 #endif | |
| 643 | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 645 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 646 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 647 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 648 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 649 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 650 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 651 #endif | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 655 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 656 * redraw. | |
| 657 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 658 * something. | |
| 659 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 660 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 661 */ | |
| 662 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 663 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 664 && !did_backspace | |
| 665 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 666 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 667 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 668 #endif | |
| 669 ) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 672 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 673 | |
| 1869 | 674 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 675 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 676 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 677 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 679 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 680 #endif | |
| 681 )) | |
| 682 { | |
| 683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 684 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 685 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 686 else | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 689 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 690 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 691 else | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 693 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 | |
| 697 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 698 update_topline(); | |
| 699 | |
| 700 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 703 | |
| 704 /* | |
| 705 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 706 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 707 */ | |
| 661 | 708 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 709 |
| 710 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 711 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 712 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 713 #endif | |
| 714 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
715 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
717 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
718 #endif |
| 7 | 719 update_curswant(); |
| 720 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 722 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 | |
| 725 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 726 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 727 #endif | |
| 728 | |
| 729 /* | |
| 1526 | 730 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 731 */ |
| 732 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 733 do |
| 734 { | |
| 735 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 736 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 737 |
| 978 | 738 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 739 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 740 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 741 #endif | |
| 742 | |
| 7 | 743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 744 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 745 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 746 #endif | |
| 747 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 748 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 749 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 750 #endif | |
| 751 | |
| 752 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 753 /* |
| 754 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 755 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 756 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 757 */ |
| 897 | 758 if (compl_started |
| 759 && pum_wanted() | |
| 760 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 761 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 762 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 763 { |
| 764 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 765 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 766 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 767 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 768 continue; |
| 769 | |
| 659 | 770 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 771 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 772 { |
| 659 | 773 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 774 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 775 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 776 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 777 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 778 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 779 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 780 { |
| 781 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 782 continue; | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 1430 | 785 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 786 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 787 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 788 { |
| 3390 | 789 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 790 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 791 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 792 char_u *p; | |
| 793 | |
| 794 if (str != NULL) | |
| 795 { | |
| 796 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 797 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 798 vim_free(str); | |
| 799 } | |
| 800 else | |
| 801 #endif | |
| 802 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 803 continue; |
| 804 } | |
| 665 | 805 |
| 887 | 806 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 807 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 808 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 809 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 810 { |
| 811 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 812 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 813 } | |
| 657 | 814 } |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 7 | 817 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 818 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 819 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 820 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 821 continue; |
| 7 | 822 #endif |
| 823 | |
| 477 | 824 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 825 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 827 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 828 { | |
| 829 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 830 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 831 ++no_mapping; |
| 832 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 833 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 834 --no_mapping; |
| 835 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 836 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 837 { |
| 477 | 838 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 839 vungetc(c); |
| 840 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 841 } | |
| 842 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 843 continue; | |
| 844 else | |
| 845 { | |
| 477 | 846 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 847 { | |
| 848 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 849 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 850 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 7 | 852 count = 0; |
| 853 goto doESCkey; | |
| 854 } | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 | |
| 857 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 858 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 859 #endif | |
| 860 | |
| 861 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 862 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 863 goto docomplete; | |
| 864 #endif | |
| 865 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 868 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 869 continue; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 | |
| 872 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 873 if (cindent_on() | |
| 874 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 875 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 876 # endif | |
| 877 ) | |
| 878 { | |
| 879 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 880 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 881 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 882 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 883 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 884 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 885 goto force_cindent; | |
| 886 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 887 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 888 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 889 } | |
| 890 #endif | |
| 891 | |
| 892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 893 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 894 switch (c) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 897 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 898 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 899 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 900 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 901 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 #endif | |
| 904 | |
| 905 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 906 /* | |
| 907 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 908 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 909 * characters. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 912 continue; | |
| 913 #endif | |
| 914 | |
| 915 /* | |
| 916 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 917 */ | |
| 918 switch (c) | |
| 919 { | |
| 449 | 920 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 921 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 922 break; | |
| 923 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 924 | |
| 449 | 925 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 927 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 930 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 931 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 932 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 933 goto doESCkey; |
| 934 } | |
| 935 #endif | |
| 936 | |
| 937 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 938 do_intr: | |
| 939 #endif | |
| 940 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 941 * Insert mode */ | |
| 942 if (goto_im()) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 if (got_int) | |
| 945 { | |
| 946 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 947 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 else | |
| 950 vim_beep(); | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 doESCkey: | |
| 954 /* | |
| 955 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 958 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 959 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 960 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 961 | |
| 477 | 962 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 963 { |
| 964 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 965 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 966 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 967 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 968 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 969 #endif |
| 7 | 970 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 971 } |
| 7 | 972 continue; |
| 973 | |
| 449 | 974 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 975 if (!p_im) | |
| 976 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 977 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 978 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 979 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 980 | |
| 981 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 982 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 984 goto docomplete; |
| 985 #endif | |
| 986 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 989 |
| 990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 991 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 992 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 995 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 #endif | |
| 449 | 998 count = 0; |
| 999 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1000 | |
| 464 | 1001 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1002 case K_KINS: | |
| 1003 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1004 break; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1007 break; | |
| 1008 | |
| 449 | 1009 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1010 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1011 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1012 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1013 #endif | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1016 case K_F1: | |
| 1017 case K_XF1: | |
| 1018 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1019 if (p_im) | |
| 1020 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1021 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1024 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1025 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1026 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1027 --no_mapping; |
| 1028 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1029 break; | |
| 1030 #endif | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1033 case NUL: |
| 1034 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1035 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1036 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1037 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1038 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1039 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1040 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1041 break; | |
| 1042 | |
| 449 | 1043 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1044 ins_reg(); |
| 1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1046 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1047 break; | |
| 1048 | |
| 449 | 1049 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1050 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1051 break; | |
| 1052 | |
| 449 | 1053 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1054 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1055 break; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1058 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1059 if (!p_ari) |
| 1060 goto normalchar; | |
| 1061 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1062 break; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1066 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1067 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1068 goto docomplete; | |
| 1069 #endif | |
| 1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1071 | |
| 449 | 1072 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1073 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1074 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1075 { | |
| 449 | 1076 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1077 goto docomplete; | |
| 1078 break; | |
| 7 | 1079 } |
| 1080 # endif | |
| 1081 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1082 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1083 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1084 break; | |
| 1085 | |
| 449 | 1086 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1087 case K_KDEL: |
| 1088 ins_del(); | |
| 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1090 break; | |
| 1091 | |
| 449 | 1092 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1093 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1094 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1095 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1096 break; | |
| 1097 | |
| 449 | 1098 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1099 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1100 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1101 break; | |
| 1102 | |
| 449 | 1103 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1104 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1105 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1106 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1107 goto docomplete; |
| 1108 # endif | |
| 7 | 1109 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1110 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1111 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1112 break; | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1115 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1117 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1118 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1120 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1121 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1122 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1123 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1124 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1125 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1126 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1127 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1128 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1129 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1130 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1131 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1132 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1133 break; | |
| 1134 | |
| 449 | 1135 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1136 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1137 break; |
| 1138 | |
| 449 | 1139 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1140 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1141 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1143 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1144 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1145 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1147 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1148 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1149 break; |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 692 | 1151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1152 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1153 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1154 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1155 break; | |
| 1156 #endif | |
| 7 | 1157 |
| 449 | 1158 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1159 break; |
| 1160 | |
| 661 | 1161 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1162 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1163 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1164 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1165 break; | |
| 1166 #endif | |
| 1167 | |
| 625 | 1168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1169 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1170 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1171 case K_F4: | |
| 1172 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1173 goto normalchar; | |
| 1174 break; | |
| 1175 #endif | |
| 1176 | |
| 7 | 1177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1178 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1179 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1180 break; | |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1183 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1184 break; | |
| 1185 #endif | |
| 1186 | |
| 449 | 1187 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1188 case K_KHOME: |
| 1189 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1190 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1191 ins_home(c); | |
| 1192 break; | |
| 1193 | |
| 449 | 1194 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1195 case K_KEND: |
| 1196 case K_S_END: | |
| 1197 case K_C_END: | |
| 1198 ins_end(c); | |
| 1199 break; | |
| 1200 | |
| 449 | 1201 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1202 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1203 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1204 else | |
| 1205 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1206 break; |
| 1207 | |
| 449 | 1208 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1209 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1210 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 | |
| 449 | 1213 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1214 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1215 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1216 else | |
| 1217 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1218 break; |
| 1219 | |
| 449 | 1220 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1221 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1222 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1223 break; | |
| 1224 | |
| 449 | 1225 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1227 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1228 goto docomplete; | |
| 1229 #endif | |
| 180 | 1230 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1231 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1232 else | |
| 1233 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1234 break; |
| 1235 | |
| 449 | 1236 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1237 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1238 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1240 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1241 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1242 #endif |
| 7 | 1243 ins_pageup(); |
| 1244 break; | |
| 1245 | |
| 449 | 1246 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1248 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1249 goto docomplete; | |
| 1250 #endif | |
| 180 | 1251 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1252 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1253 else | |
| 1254 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1255 break; |
| 1256 | |
| 449 | 1257 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1258 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1259 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1260 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1261 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1262 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1263 #endif |
| 7 | 1264 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1265 break; | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1268 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1269 ins_drop(); |
| 1270 break; | |
| 1271 #endif | |
| 1272 | |
| 449 | 1273 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1274 c = TAB; |
| 1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1276 | |
| 449 | 1277 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1278 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1280 goto docomplete; | |
| 1281 #endif | |
| 1282 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1283 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1284 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1285 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1286 break; | |
| 1287 | |
| 449 | 1288 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1289 c = CAR; |
| 1290 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1291 case CAR: | |
| 1292 case NL: | |
| 1293 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1294 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1295 * cursor. */ | |
| 1296 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1297 { | |
| 644 | 1298 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1299 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1300 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1301 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1302 break; |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1306 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1307 { | |
| 1308 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1309 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1310 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1314 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1316 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1317 break; | |
| 1318 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1319 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1320 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1321 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1323 { | |
| 449 | 1324 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1325 goto docomplete; | |
| 1326 break; | |
| 7 | 1327 } |
| 1328 # endif | |
| 1329 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1330 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1331 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1332 break; | |
| 1333 # endif | |
| 1334 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1335 #endif |
| 7 | 1336 |
| 1337 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1338 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1339 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1340 break; | |
| 1341 | |
| 449 | 1342 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1343 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1344 goto normalchar; | |
| 1345 goto docomplete; | |
| 1346 | |
| 449 | 1347 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1348 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1349 goto normalchar; | |
| 1350 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1351 |
| 1352 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1353 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1354 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1355 goto normalchar; | |
| 1356 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1357 #endif |
| 1358 | |
| 449 | 1359 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1361 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1362 #endif | |
| 1363 { | |
| 1364 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1365 if (p_im) | |
| 1366 { | |
| 1367 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1368 break; | |
| 1369 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1370 } | |
| 1371 goto normalchar; | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1374 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1375 | |
| 449 | 1376 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1377 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1378 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1379 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1380 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1381 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1382 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1383 goto normalchar; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1386 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1387 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1388 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1389 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1390 break; |
| 1391 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1392 | |
| 449 | 1393 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1394 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1395 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1396 break; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 default: | |
| 1399 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1400 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1401 goto do_intr; | |
| 1402 #endif | |
| 1403 | |
| 2845 | 1404 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1405 /* |
| 1406 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1407 */ | |
| 2845 | 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1409 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1410 { | |
| 3390 | 1411 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1412 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1413 char_u *p; | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1416 { |
| 3390 | 1417 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1418 { |
| 3390 | 1419 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1420 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1421 { |
| 3390 | 1422 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1423 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1424 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1425 else | |
| 1426 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1427 } |
| 3390 | 1428 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1429 } |
| 3390 | 1430 vim_free(str); |
| 1431 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1432 } |
| 1433 | |
| 3390 | 1434 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1435 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1436 if (c == NUL) |
| 1437 break; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 #endif | |
| 7 | 1440 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1441 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1442 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1443 #endif | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1448 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1449 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1450 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1453 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1454 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 3448 | 1457 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1458 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1459 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1460 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1462 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1463 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1464 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1465 #endif | |
| 3448 | 1466 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1467 { |
| 1468 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1470 revins_legal++; | |
| 1471 revins_chars++; | |
| 1472 #endif | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1478 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1479 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1480 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 break; | |
| 1483 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1484 | |
| 978 | 1485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1486 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1487 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1488 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1489 #endif | |
| 1490 | |
| 7 | 1491 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1492 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1493 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1496 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1497 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1498 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1499 # endif | |
| 1500 ) | |
| 1501 { | |
| 1502 force_cindent: | |
| 1503 /* | |
| 1504 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1505 */ | |
| 1506 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1507 { | |
| 1508 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1509 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1510 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 } | |
| 1513 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1516 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 /* | |
| 1520 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1521 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1522 * option work correctly. | |
| 1523 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1524 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1525 */ | |
| 1526 static void | |
| 661 | 1527 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1528 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1529 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1534 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
| 7 | 1536 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1537 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1538 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1539 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1540 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1543 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1544 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1549 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1551 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1553 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1555 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1556 ) |
| 661 | 1557 { |
| 1506 | 1558 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1559 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1560 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1561 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1562 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1563 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1564 update_screen(0); |
| 1565 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1566 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1568 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1571 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1572 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1574 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1577 # endif |
| 661 | 1578 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 #endif | |
| 7 | 1581 if (must_redraw) |
| 1582 update_screen(0); | |
| 1583 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1584 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1585 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1586 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1587 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1588 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1589 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1590 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1591 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1592 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1593 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1594 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1595 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1597 # endif |
| 7 | 1598 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1599 setcursor(); | |
| 1600 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1601 } | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 /* | |
| 1605 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1606 */ | |
| 1607 static void | |
| 1608 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1611 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1612 |
| 1613 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1614 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1615 |
| 1616 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1617 { |
| 7 | 1618 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1619 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1620 } | |
| 7 | 1621 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1624 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1625 #endif | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1628 if (did_putchar) |
| 1629 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1630 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1631 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1632 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1633 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1634 #endif | |
| 1635 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1637 revins_chars++; | |
| 1638 revins_legal++; | |
| 1639 #endif | |
| 1640 } | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* | |
| 1643 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1644 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1645 */ | |
| 1646 static int pc_status; | |
| 1647 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1648 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1649 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1650 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1652 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1653 #else | |
| 1654 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1655 #endif | |
| 1656 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1657 static int pc_row; | |
| 1658 static int pc_col; | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 void | |
| 1661 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1662 int c; | |
| 1663 int highlight; | |
| 1664 { | |
| 1665 int attr; | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1668 { | |
| 1669 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1670 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1671 if (highlight) | |
| 1672 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1673 else | |
| 1674 attr = 0; | |
| 1675 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1676 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1677 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1678 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1679 #endif | |
| 1680 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1681 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1684 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1685 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1690 { | |
| 1691 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1692 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1693 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 # endif | |
| 1697 } | |
| 1698 else | |
| 1699 #endif | |
| 1700 { | |
| 1701 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1703 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1704 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1705 #endif | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1709 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1710 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1711 #endif | |
| 1712 { | |
| 1713 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1714 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* | |
| 1721 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 void | |
| 1724 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1729 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1730 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1731 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1732 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1733 else | |
| 1734 #endif | |
| 1735 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1736 } | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 /* | |
| 1740 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1741 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1742 */ | |
| 1743 void | |
| 1744 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1745 colnr_T col; | |
| 1746 { | |
| 1747 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1750 return; | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 cursor_off(); | |
| 1753 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1754 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1755 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1756 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1757 { | |
| 1758 char_u *p; | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1761 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1762 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 #endif | |
| 1765 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1766 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1767 { | |
| 1768 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1769 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1772 } | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 /* | |
| 1775 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1776 * in insert mode. | |
| 1777 */ | |
| 1778 static void | |
| 1779 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1780 { | |
| 3318 | 1781 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1782 { | |
| 1783 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1784 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1785 } | |
| 1786 } | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 /* | |
| 1789 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1790 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1791 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1792 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1793 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1794 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1795 */ | |
| 1796 void | |
| 1516 | 1797 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1798 int type; |
| 1799 int amount; | |
| 1800 int round; | |
| 1801 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1802 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1803 { |
| 1804 int vcol; | |
| 1805 int last_vcol; | |
| 1806 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1807 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1808 int i; | |
| 1809 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1810 int save_p_list; | |
| 1811 int start_col; | |
| 1812 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1813 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1814 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1815 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1818 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1819 { | |
| 1820 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1821 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1822 } | |
| 1823 #endif | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1826 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1827 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1828 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1829 vcol = vc; | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* | |
| 1832 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1833 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1834 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1835 */ | |
| 1836 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1839 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1840 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1841 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 /* | |
| 1846 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1847 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1848 */ | |
| 1849 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1850 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1853 start_col = -1; | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 /* | |
| 1856 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1859 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1860 else |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1863 int save_State = State; | |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1866 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1867 State = INSERT; | |
| 1868 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1869 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1870 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1871 State = save_State; | |
| 1872 #endif | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 /* | |
| 1877 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1878 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1879 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1880 * non-blank character. | |
| 1881 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1882 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1883 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1884 */ | |
| 1885 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1886 { | |
| 1887 /* | |
| 1888 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1889 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1890 */ | |
| 1891 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1892 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1893 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1896 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1897 else | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 /* | |
| 1900 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1901 */ | |
| 1902 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1903 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1904 |
| 1905 /* | |
| 1906 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1907 */ | |
| 1908 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1909 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1910 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1911 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1912 { | |
| 1913 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1915 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1916 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1917 else |
| 1918 #endif | |
| 1919 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1920 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 /* | |
| 1925 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1926 * the right screen column. | |
| 1927 */ | |
| 1928 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1869 | 1930 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1931 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1932 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1933 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1934 { | |
| 1935 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1936 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1937 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1938 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1939 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1940 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 /* | |
| 1945 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1946 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1947 */ | |
| 1948 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1949 } | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1954 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1955 else | |
| 1869 | 1956 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1957 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1958 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 /* | |
| 1961 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1962 */ | |
| 1963 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1966 { | |
| 1967 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1968 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1969 else | |
| 1970 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1973 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1974 else | |
| 1975 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1976 } | |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 /* | |
| 1979 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1980 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1981 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1982 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1983 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1984 */ | |
| 1985 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1986 { | |
| 1987 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1988 { | |
| 1989 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1990 --start_col; | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1993 { | |
| 1994 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1995 if (replaced) | |
| 1996 { | |
| 1997 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1998 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 ++start_col; | |
| 2001 } | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2005 /* | |
| 2006 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2007 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2008 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2009 */ | |
| 2010 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2013 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2014 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2015 return; | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2018 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2019 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2020 return; | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2023 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2026 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2027 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2030 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2033 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2036 } | |
| 2037 #endif | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 /* | |
| 2041 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2042 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2043 * modes. | |
| 2044 */ | |
| 2045 void | |
| 2046 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2047 char_u *line; | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 int i; | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2052 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2055 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2061 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2064 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2065 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2066 * character. | |
| 7 | 2067 */ |
| 2068 void | |
| 2069 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2070 int col; | |
| 2071 { | |
| 2072 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2073 { | |
| 2074 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2075 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2076 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2077 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2078 break; | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 } | |
| 2081 #endif | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 /* | |
| 2084 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2085 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2086 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2087 */ | |
| 2088 static int | |
| 2089 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2090 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2091 { |
| 2092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2093 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2094 { | |
| 1869 | 2095 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2096 |
| 2097 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2098 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2099 * composing character. */ | |
| 2100 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2101 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2102 { |
| 2103 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2106 break; | |
| 2107 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2108 } | |
| 2109 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2110 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2111 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2112 } |
| 2113 else | |
| 2114 #endif | |
| 2115 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2116 return TRUE; | |
| 2117 } | |
| 7 | 2118 |
| 2119 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2120 /* | |
| 449 | 2121 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2122 */ | |
| 2123 static void | |
| 2124 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2127 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2128 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2131 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2132 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2133 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2134 else |
| 2135 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2136 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2137 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2138 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2139 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2140 showmode(); | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 /* | |
| 2145 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2146 */ | |
| 2147 static int | |
| 2148 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2149 int dict_opt; | |
| 2150 { | |
| 703 | 2151 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2152 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2153 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2154 # endif | |
| 2155 ) | |
| 449 | 2156 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2157 { | |
| 2158 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2159 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2160 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2161 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2162 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2163 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2164 { | |
| 2165 vim_beep(); | |
| 2166 setcursor(); | |
| 2167 out_flush(); | |
| 2168 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 return FALSE; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 return TRUE; | |
| 2173 } | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 /* | |
| 7 | 2176 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2177 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2178 */ | |
| 2179 int | |
| 2180 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2181 int c; | |
| 2182 { | |
| 2183 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2184 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2185 return TRUE; | |
| 2186 | |
| 610 | 2187 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2188 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2189 return TRUE; |
| 2190 | |
| 7 | 2191 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2192 { | |
| 2193 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2194 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2195 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2196 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2197 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2198 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2199 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2200 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2201 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2202 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2203 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2204 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2205 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2206 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2207 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2208 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2209 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2210 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2211 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2212 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2213 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2214 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2215 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2216 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2217 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2218 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2219 #endif | |
| 2220 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2221 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2222 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2223 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2224 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2225 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2226 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2227 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2228 #endif |
| 477 | 2229 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2230 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2231 } |
| 2232 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2233 return FALSE; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 /* | |
| 1430 | 2237 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2238 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2239 * is visible. | |
| 2240 */ | |
| 2241 static int | |
| 2242 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2243 int c; | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2246 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2247 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2250 { | |
| 2251 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2252 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2253 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2254 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2255 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2258 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2259 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2260 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2261 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2264 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2265 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2266 } | |
| 2267 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2268 } | |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 /* | |
| 659 | 2271 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2272 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2273 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2274 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2275 */ | |
| 2276 int | |
| 681 | 2277 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2278 char_u *str; |
| 2279 int len; | |
| 681 | 2280 int icase; |
| 7 | 2281 char_u *fname; |
| 2282 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2283 int flags; |
| 7 | 2284 { |
| 1353 | 2285 char_u *p; |
| 2286 int i, c; | |
| 2287 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2288 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2289 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2290 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2291 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2292 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2293 |
| 1436 | 2294 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2295 { |
| 2296 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2300 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2301 { | |
| 2302 p = str; | |
| 2303 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2304 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2305 { | |
| 2306 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2307 ++actual_len; | |
| 2308 } | |
| 2309 } | |
| 2310 else | |
| 2311 #endif | |
| 2312 actual_len = len; | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2316 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2317 { | |
| 2318 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2319 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2320 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2321 { |
| 1353 | 2322 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2323 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2324 } | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 else | |
| 2327 #endif | |
| 2328 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2329 | |
| 2177 | 2330 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2331 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2332 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2333 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2334 | |
| 1353 | 2335 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2336 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2337 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 p = str; | |
| 2340 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2342 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2343 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2344 else | |
| 2345 #endif | |
| 2346 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2349 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2350 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2351 { |
| 2352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2353 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2354 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2355 else | |
| 2356 #endif | |
| 2357 c = *(p++); | |
| 2358 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2359 { |
| 1353 | 2360 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2361 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2362 { | |
| 2363 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2364 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2365 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2366 break; | |
| 2367 } | |
| 7 | 2368 } |
| 2369 } | |
| 1353 | 2370 |
| 2371 /* | |
| 2372 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2373 * upper case. | |
| 2374 */ | |
| 2375 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2376 { | |
| 2377 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2378 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2379 { |
| 2380 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2381 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2382 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2383 else | |
| 2384 #endif | |
| 2385 c = *(p++); | |
| 2386 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2387 { | |
| 2388 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2389 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2390 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2391 break; | |
| 2392 } | |
| 2393 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2394 } | |
| 2395 } | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2398 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2399 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2400 { |
| 1353 | 2401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2402 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2403 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2404 else | |
| 2405 #endif | |
| 2406 c = *(p++); | |
| 2407 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2408 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2409 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2410 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2411 } |
| 1353 | 2412 |
| 1436 | 2413 /* |
| 1353 | 2414 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2415 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2416 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2417 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2418 */ | |
| 2419 p = IObuff; | |
| 2420 i = 0; | |
| 2421 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2423 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2424 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2425 else |
| 2426 #endif | |
| 2427 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2428 *p = NUL; | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2431 } | |
| 7 | 2432 |
| 841 | 2433 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2434 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2435 } | |
| 2436 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2437 } |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 /* | |
| 2440 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2441 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2442 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2443 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2444 */ |
| 841 | 2445 static int |
| 944 | 2446 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2447 char_u *str; |
| 2448 int len; | |
| 681 | 2449 int icase; |
| 7 | 2450 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2451 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2452 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2453 int flags; |
| 944 | 2454 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2455 { |
| 464 | 2456 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2457 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2458 |
| 2459 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2460 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2461 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2462 if (len < 0) |
| 2463 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 /* | |
| 2466 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2467 */ | |
| 944 | 2468 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2469 { |
| 2470 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2471 do |
| 2472 { | |
| 464 | 2473 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2474 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2475 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2476 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2477 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2478 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2479 } |
| 2480 | |
| 540 | 2481 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2482 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2483 | |
| 7 | 2484 /* |
| 2485 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2486 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2487 */ | |
| 659 | 2488 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2489 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2490 return FAIL; |
| 2491 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2492 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2493 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2494 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2495 { |
| 2496 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2497 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2498 } |
| 681 | 2499 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2500 |
| 7 | 2501 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2502 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2503 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2504 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2505 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2506 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2507 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2508 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2509 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2510 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2513 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2514 } |
| 7 | 2515 else |
| 464 | 2516 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2517 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2518 |
| 2519 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2520 { | |
| 2521 int i; | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2524 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2525 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2526 } | |
| 7 | 2527 |
| 2528 /* | |
| 2529 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2530 */ | |
| 449 | 2531 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2532 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2533 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2534 { | |
| 464 | 2535 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2536 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2537 } |
| 2538 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2539 { | |
| 464 | 2540 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2541 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2542 } | |
| 2543 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2544 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2545 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2546 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2547 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2548 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2549 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2550 |
| 665 | 2551 /* |
| 2552 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2553 */ | |
| 2554 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2555 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2556 | |
| 7 | 2557 return OK; |
| 2558 } | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 /* | |
| 681 | 2561 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2562 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2563 */ | |
| 2564 static int | |
| 2565 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2566 compl_T *match; | |
| 2567 char_u *str; | |
| 2568 int len; | |
| 2569 { | |
| 2570 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2571 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2572 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2573 } | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 /* | |
| 665 | 2576 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2577 */ | |
| 2578 static void | |
| 2579 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2580 compl_T *match; | |
| 2581 { | |
| 2582 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2583 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2584 int had_match; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2587 { |
| 665 | 2588 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2589 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2590 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2591 { | |
| 2592 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2593 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2594 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2595 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2598 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2599 if (!had_match) | |
| 2600 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2601 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2602 } | |
| 2603 } | |
| 665 | 2604 else |
| 2605 { | |
| 2606 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2607 p = compl_leader; |
| 2608 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2609 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2610 { |
| 2611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2612 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2613 { | |
| 681 | 2614 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2615 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2616 } |
| 2617 else | |
| 2618 #endif | |
| 2619 { | |
| 681 | 2620 c1 = *p; |
| 2621 c2 = *s; | |
| 2622 } | |
| 2623 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2624 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2625 break; | |
| 2626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2627 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2630 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 else | |
| 2633 #endif | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 ++p; | |
| 2636 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2637 } |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2641 { | |
| 2642 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2643 *p = NUL; | |
| 2644 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2645 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2646 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2647 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2650 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2651 if (!had_match) | |
| 2652 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 } | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 /* | |
| 7 | 2660 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2661 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2662 */ | |
| 2663 static void | |
| 681 | 2664 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2665 int num_matches; |
| 2666 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2667 int icase; |
| 7 | 2668 { |
| 2669 int i; | |
| 2670 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2671 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2672 |
| 464 | 2673 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2674 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2675 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2676 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2677 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2678 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2679 } | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2682 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2683 */ | |
| 2684 static int | |
| 2685 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2686 { | |
| 464 | 2687 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2688 int count = 0; |
| 2689 | |
| 449 | 2690 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2691 { |
| 2692 /* | |
| 2693 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2694 */ | |
| 449 | 2695 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2696 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2697 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2700 ++count; |
| 2701 } | |
| 464 | 2702 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2703 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2704 } |
| 2705 return count; | |
| 2706 } | |
| 2707 | |
| 724 | 2708 /* |
| 2709 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2710 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2711 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2712 */ | |
| 2713 void | |
| 2714 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2715 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2716 list_T *list; |
| 2717 { | |
| 2718 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2719 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2720 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2721 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2724 return; | |
| 2725 | |
| 2632 | 2726 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2727 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2728 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2729 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2730 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2731 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2732 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2733 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2734 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2735 return; |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2738 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2741 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2742 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2743 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2744 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2745 |
| 2746 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2747 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2748 out_flush(); | |
| 2749 } | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | |
| 574 | 2752 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2753 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2754 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2755 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 /* | |
| 2758 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2759 */ | |
| 2760 static void | |
| 2761 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 int h; | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2766 { | |
| 2767 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2768 update_screen(0); | |
| 2769 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2770 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2771 } | |
| 2772 } | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 /* | |
| 2775 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2776 */ | |
| 2777 static void | |
| 2778 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2779 { | |
| 2780 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2781 { | |
| 2782 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2783 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2784 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2785 } | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 /* | |
| 2789 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2790 */ | |
| 2791 static int | |
| 2792 pum_wanted() | |
| 2793 { | |
| 707 | 2794 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2795 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2796 return FALSE; |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2799 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2800 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2801 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2802 #endif | |
| 2803 ) | |
| 2804 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2805 return TRUE; |
| 2806 } | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 /* | |
| 2809 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2810 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2811 */ |
| 2812 static int | |
| 707 | 2813 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2814 { |
| 2815 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2816 int i; | |
| 540 | 2817 |
| 2818 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2819 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2820 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2821 i = 0; | |
| 2822 do | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2825 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2826 break; | |
| 2827 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2828 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2829 | |
| 707 | 2830 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2831 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2832 return (i >= 2); |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 /* | |
| 2836 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2837 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2838 */ |
| 648 | 2839 void |
| 540 | 2840 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2841 { | |
| 2842 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2843 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2844 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2845 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2846 int i; |
| 2847 int cur = -1; | |
| 2848 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2849 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2850 | |
| 707 | 2851 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2852 return; |
| 2853 | |
| 794 | 2854 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2855 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2856 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2857 #endif | |
| 2858 | |
| 540 | 2859 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2860 update_screen(0); | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2863 { | |
| 2864 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2865 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2866 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2867 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2868 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2869 do |
| 2870 { | |
| 657 | 2871 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2872 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2873 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2874 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2875 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2876 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2877 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2878 return; | |
| 659 | 2879 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2880 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2881 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2882 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2883 { | |
| 829 | 2884 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2885 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2886 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2887 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2888 | |
| 540 | 2889 i = 0; |
| 2890 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2891 do | |
| 2892 { | |
| 657 | 2893 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2894 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2895 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2896 { |
| 659 | 2897 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2900 { | |
| 2901 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2902 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2903 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2904 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2905 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2906 } | |
| 2907 else | |
| 2908 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2909 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2910 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2911 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2912 } |
| 786 | 2913 |
| 2914 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2915 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2916 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2917 else | |
| 2918 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2919 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2920 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2921 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2922 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2923 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2924 else |
| 2925 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2926 } | |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2929 { | |
| 2930 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2931 |
| 2932 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2933 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2934 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2935 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2936 | |
| 659 | 2937 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2938 { | |
| 2939 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2940 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2941 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2942 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2943 } | |
| 540 | 2944 } |
| 2945 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2946 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2947 |
| 2948 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2949 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2950 } |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 else | |
| 2953 { | |
| 2954 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2955 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2956 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2957 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2958 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2959 { |
| 2960 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2961 break; |
| 829 | 2962 } |
| 540 | 2963 } |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2966 { | |
| 2967 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2968 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2969 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2970 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2971 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2972 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 | |
| 7 | 2976 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2977 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2978 |
| 7 | 2979 /* |
| 703 | 2980 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2981 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2982 */ |
| 2983 static void | |
| 703 | 2984 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2985 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2986 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2987 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2988 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2989 { | |
| 2990 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2991 char_u *ptr; |
| 2992 char_u *buf; | |
| 2993 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2994 char_u **files; | |
| 2995 int count; | |
| 2996 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2997 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2998 |
| 703 | 2999 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 3000 { | |
| 744 | 3001 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3002 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3003 * "spell". */ | |
| 3004 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3005 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3006 else | |
| 3007 #endif | |
| 3008 return; | |
| 3009 } | |
| 3010 | |
| 7 | 3011 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3012 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3013 return; | |
| 1074 | 3014 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3015 |
| 7 | 3016 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3017 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3018 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3019 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3020 |
| 3021 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3022 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3023 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3024 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3025 { | |
| 842 | 3026 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3027 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3028 |
| 3029 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3030 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3031 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3032 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3033 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3034 { |
| 3035 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3036 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3037 } |
| 1869 | 3038 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3039 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3040 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3041 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3042 } | |
| 3043 else | |
| 703 | 3044 { |
| 667 | 3045 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3046 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3047 goto theend; | |
| 3048 } | |
| 667 | 3049 |
| 7 | 3050 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3051 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3052 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3053 { |
| 3054 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3055 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3056 { | |
| 3057 count = 1; | |
| 3058 files = &dict; | |
| 3059 } | |
| 3060 else | |
| 3061 { | |
| 3062 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3063 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3064 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3065 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3066 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3067 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3068 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3069 else |
| 3070 # endif | |
| 3071 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3072 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3073 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3074 count = 0; | |
| 3075 } | |
| 3076 | |
| 744 | 3077 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3078 if (count == -1) |
| 3079 { | |
| 712 | 3080 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3081 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3082 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3083 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3084 else | |
| 3085 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3086 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3087 } |
| 3088 else | |
| 744 | 3089 # endif |
| 938 | 3090 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3091 { |
| 3092 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3093 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3094 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3095 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3096 } | |
| 3097 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3098 break; |
| 3099 } | |
| 703 | 3100 |
| 3101 theend: | |
| 7 | 3102 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3103 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3104 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 | |
| 703 | 3107 static void |
| 3108 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3109 int count; | |
| 3110 char_u **files; | |
| 3111 int thesaurus; | |
| 3112 int flags; | |
| 3113 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3114 char_u *buf; | |
| 3115 int *dir; | |
| 3116 { | |
| 3117 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3118 int i; | |
| 3119 FILE *fp; | |
| 3120 int add_r; | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3123 { | |
| 3124 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3125 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3126 { | |
| 3127 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3128 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3129 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3130 } |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 /* | |
| 3135 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3136 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3137 */ | |
| 3138 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3139 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3140 { | |
| 3141 ptr = buf; | |
| 3142 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3145 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3146 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3147 else | |
| 3148 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3149 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3150 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3151 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3152 if (thesaurus) |
| 3153 { | |
| 3154 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 /* | |
| 3157 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3158 */ | |
| 1353 | 3159 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3160 while (!got_int) |
| 3161 { | |
| 3162 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3163 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3164 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3165 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3166 break; | |
| 3167 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3168 | |
| 1353 | 3169 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3171 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3172 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3173 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3174 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3175 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3180 break; | |
| 3181 ptr += l; | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 else | |
| 3184 #endif | |
| 3185 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3186 |
| 3187 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3188 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3189 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3190 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3191 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3192 } |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3195 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3196 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3197 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3198 break; | |
| 3199 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3200 * of line */ | |
| 3201 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3202 break; | |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3205 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3206 } | |
| 3207 fclose(fp); | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 | |
| 7 | 3212 /* |
| 3213 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3214 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3215 */ | |
| 3216 char_u * | |
| 3217 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3218 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3219 { | |
| 3220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3221 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3222 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3223 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3224 else |
| 3225 #endif | |
| 3226 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3227 ++ptr; | |
| 3228 return ptr; | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 /* | |
| 3232 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3233 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3234 */ | |
| 3235 char_u * | |
| 3236 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3237 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3238 { | |
| 3239 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3240 int start_class; | |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3245 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3246 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3247 { | |
| 474 | 3248 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3249 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3250 break; | |
| 3251 } | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 else | |
| 3254 #endif | |
| 3255 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3256 ++ptr; | |
| 3257 return ptr; | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 /* | |
| 667 | 3261 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3262 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3263 */ | |
| 3264 static char_u * | |
| 3265 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3266 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3267 { | |
| 3268 char_u *s; | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3271 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3272 --s; | |
| 3273 return s; | |
| 3274 } | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 /* | |
| 7 | 3277 * Free the list of completions |
| 3278 */ | |
| 3279 static void | |
| 3280 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3281 { | |
| 464 | 3282 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3283 int i; |
| 7 | 3284 |
| 449 | 3285 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3286 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3287 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3288 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3289 |
| 3290 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3291 return; |
| 540 | 3292 |
| 3293 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3294 pum_clear(); | |
| 3295 | |
| 449 | 3296 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3297 do |
| 3298 { | |
| 449 | 3299 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3300 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3301 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3302 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3303 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3304 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3305 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3306 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3307 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3308 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3309 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3310 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3311 } |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 static void | |
| 3314 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3315 { | |
| 449 | 3316 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3317 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3318 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3319 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3320 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3321 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3322 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3323 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3324 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3325 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3326 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3327 } |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 /* | |
| 674 | 3330 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3331 */ | |
| 3332 int | |
| 3333 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3334 { | |
| 3335 return compl_started; | |
| 3336 } | |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 /* | |
| 659 | 3339 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3340 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3341 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3342 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3343 */ |
| 3344 static int | |
| 3345 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 char_u *line; | |
| 3348 char_u *p; | |
| 3349 | |
| 836 | 3350 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3351 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3352 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3353 | |
| 1430 | 3354 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3355 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3356 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3357 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3358 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3359 return K_BS; |
| 3360 | |
| 874 | 3361 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3362 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3363 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3364 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3365 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3366 |
| 3367 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3368 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3369 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3370 { | |
| 874 | 3371 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3372 return NUL; | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 return K_BS; | |
| 3375 } | |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 /* | |
| 3078 | 3378 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3379 * be called. | |
| 3380 */ | |
| 3381 static int | |
| 3382 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3385 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3386 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3387 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3388 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3389 } | |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 /* | |
| 874 | 3392 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3393 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3394 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3395 */ | |
| 3396 static void | |
| 3397 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3400 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3401 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3402 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 if (compl_started) | |
| 3405 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3406 else | |
| 3407 { | |
| 826 | 3408 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3409 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3410 #endif | |
| 3411 /* | |
| 3412 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3413 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3414 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3415 */ | |
| 3416 update_screen(0); | |
| 3417 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3418 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3421 setcursor(); | |
| 3422 out_flush(); | |
| 3423 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3424 } | |
| 3425 #endif | |
| 3426 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3427 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3428 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3429 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3430 } | |
| 3431 | |
| 887 | 3432 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3433 |
| 3434 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3435 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3436 |
| 3437 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3438 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3439 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3440 } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 /* | |
| 1782 | 3443 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3444 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3445 */ | |
| 3446 static int | |
| 3447 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3448 { | |
| 1869 | 3449 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3450 |
| 3451 if (off < 0) | |
| 3452 return 0; | |
| 3453 return off; | |
| 3454 } | |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 /* | |
| 657 | 3457 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3458 * matches. | |
| 3459 */ | |
| 3460 static void | |
| 3461 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3462 int c; | |
| 3463 { | |
| 3464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3465 int cc; | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3468 { | |
| 3469 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3472 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3473 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3474 } | |
| 3475 else | |
| 3476 #endif | |
| 3477 ins_char(c); | |
| 3478 | |
| 874 | 3479 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3480 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3481 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3482 | |
| 3271 | 3483 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3484 * cursor don't point original position, changing compl_leader would | |
| 3485 * break redo. */ | |
| 3486 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3487 { | |
| 3488 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3489 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3490 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3491 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3492 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3493 } | |
| 874 | 3494 } |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 /* | |
| 3497 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3498 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3499 */ | |
| 3500 static void | |
| 3501 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3502 { | |
| 3503 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3504 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3505 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3506 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3507 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3508 } |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 /* | |
| 3511 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3512 */ | |
| 3513 static void | |
| 3514 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3515 char_u *str; | |
| 3516 { | |
| 3517 char_u *p; | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3520 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3521 { | |
| 3522 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3523 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3524 { | |
| 3525 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3526 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3527 } | |
| 657 | 3528 } |
| 3529 } | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 /* | |
| 659 | 3532 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3533 * matches. | |
| 3534 */ | |
| 3535 static void | |
| 3536 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3539 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3540 int c; |
| 887 | 3541 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3542 |
| 3543 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3544 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3545 { |
| 3546 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3547 * the leader. */ | |
| 3548 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 p = NULL; | |
| 3551 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3552 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 987 | 3554 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3555 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3556 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3557 { | |
| 3558 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3559 break; | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3563 return; | |
| 3564 } | |
| 3565 else | |
| 3566 return; | |
| 3567 } | |
| 659 | 3568 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3569 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3570 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 /* | |
| 7 | 3574 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3575 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3576 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3577 */ |
| 540 | 3578 static int |
| 7 | 3579 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3580 int c; | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3583 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3584 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3585 |
| 3586 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3587 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3588 */ | |
| 3589 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3590 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3591 | |
| 1434 | 3592 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3593 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3594 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3595 return retval; |
| 7 | 3596 |
| 665 | 3597 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3598 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3599 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3600 { | |
| 3601 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3602 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3603 } | |
| 3604 | |
| 7 | 3605 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3606 { | |
| 3607 /* | |
| 3608 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3609 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3610 */ | |
| 3611 switch (c) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3614 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3615 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3616 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3617 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3618 else | |
| 3619 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3620 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3621 showmode(); | |
| 3622 break; | |
| 3623 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3624 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3625 break; | |
| 3626 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3627 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3628 break; | |
| 3629 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3630 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3631 break; | |
| 3632 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3633 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3634 break; | |
| 3635 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3636 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3637 break; | |
| 12 | 3638 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3639 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3640 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3641 break; | |
| 449 | 3642 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3643 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3644 break; |
| 502 | 3645 #endif |
| 477 | 3646 case 's': |
| 3647 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3648 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3649 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3650 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3651 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3652 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3653 #endif |
| 477 | 3654 break; |
| 7 | 3655 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3656 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3657 break; | |
| 3658 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3659 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3660 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3661 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3662 break; | |
| 3663 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3664 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3665 break; | |
| 3666 #endif | |
| 3667 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3668 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3669 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3670 break; | |
| 3671 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3672 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3673 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3674 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3675 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3676 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3677 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3678 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3679 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3680 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3681 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3682 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3683 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3684 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3685 default: | |
| 449 | 3686 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3687 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3688 * mode). | |
| 3689 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3690 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3691 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3692 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3693 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3694 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3695 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3696 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3697 { | |
| 449 | 3698 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3699 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3700 else |
| 449 | 3701 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3702 } |
| 3703 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3704 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3705 showmode(); | |
| 3706 break; | |
| 3707 } | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3712 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3713 { | |
| 3714 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3715 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3716 else | |
| 3717 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3718 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 showmode(); | |
| 3721 } | |
| 3722 | |
| 449 | 3723 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3724 { |
| 3725 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3726 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3727 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3728 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3729 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3730 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3731 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3732 { | |
| 3733 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3734 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3735 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3736 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3737 { |
| 3738 /* | |
| 836 | 3739 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3740 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3741 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3742 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3743 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3744 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3745 */ |
| 836 | 3746 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3747 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3748 else | |
| 3095 | 3749 ptr = NULL; |
| 3750 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3751 } |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3754 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3755 #endif | |
| 3756 /* | |
| 3757 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3758 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3759 */ | |
| 449 | 3760 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3761 { |
| 3762 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3763 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3764 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3767 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3768 } | |
| 3769 #endif | |
| 3770 } | |
| 3771 else | |
| 3772 { | |
| 1073 | 3773 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3774 | |
| 7 | 3775 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3776 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3777 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3778 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3779 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3780 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3781 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3782 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3783 } |
| 3784 | |
| 816 | 3785 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3786 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3787 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3788 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3789 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3790 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3791 retval = TRUE; |
| 3792 | |
| 816 | 3793 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3794 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3797 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3798 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3799 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3800 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3801 retval = TRUE; |
| 3802 } | |
| 3803 | |
| 1698 | 3804 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3805 | |
| 7 | 3806 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3807 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3808 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3809 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3810 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3811 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3812 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3813 { | |
| 3814 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3815 showmode(); | |
| 3816 } | |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3819 /* | |
| 3820 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3821 */ | |
| 3822 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3823 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3824 #endif | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3829 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3830 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3831 { | |
| 449 | 3832 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3833 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3834 } |
| 540 | 3835 |
| 3836 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3837 } |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 /* | |
| 3095 | 3840 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3841 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3842 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3843 */ | |
| 3844 static void | |
| 3845 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3846 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 int len; | |
| 3849 char_u *p; | |
| 3850 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3853 { | |
| 3854 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3855 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3856 else | |
| 3857 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3858 } | |
| 3859 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 3861 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3862 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3863 ; | |
| 3864 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3865 if (len > 0) | |
| 3866 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3867 #endif | |
| 3868 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3869 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 else | |
| 3872 len = 0; | |
| 3873 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3874 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 /* | |
| 7 | 3878 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3879 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3880 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3881 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3882 * | |
| 3883 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3884 */ | |
| 3885 static buf_T * | |
| 3886 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3887 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3888 int flag; | |
| 3889 { | |
| 3890 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3891 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3892 #endif | |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3895 { | |
| 3896 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3897 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3898 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3899 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3900 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3901 ; | |
| 3902 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3903 #else | |
| 3904 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3905 #endif | |
| 3906 } | |
| 3907 else | |
| 3908 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3909 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3910 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3911 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3912 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3913 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3914 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3915 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3916 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3917 ; |
| 3918 return buf; | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 | |
| 12 | 3921 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3922 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3923 |
| 3924 /* | |
| 523 | 3925 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3926 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3927 */ |
| 659 | 3928 static void |
| 3929 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3930 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3931 char_u *base; |
| 3932 { | |
| 3078 | 3933 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3934 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3935 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3936 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3937 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3938 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3939 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 3940 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 3941 |
| 3942 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3943 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3944 return; |
| 452 | 3945 |
| 3946 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3947 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3948 args[1] = base; |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3951 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3952 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 3953 |
| 3954 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3955 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 3960 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 3961 break; | |
| 3962 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 3963 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 3964 break; | |
| 3965 default: | |
| 3966 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 3967 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 3968 break; | |
| 3969 } | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 | |
| 2631 | 3972 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3973 { | |
| 3974 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3975 goto theend; | |
| 3976 } | |
| 502 | 3977 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3978 check_cursor(); |
| 3979 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3982 goto theend; | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3078 | 3984 |
| 2631 | 3985 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3986 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 3987 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3988 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3989 |
| 3990 theend: | |
| 3078 | 3991 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3992 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3993 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3994 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 3995 } |
| 3996 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3997 | |
| 786 | 3998 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3999 /* |
| 4000 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4001 */ | |
| 4002 static void | |
| 4003 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4004 list_T *list; | |
| 4005 { | |
| 4006 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4007 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4008 | |
| 659 | 4009 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4010 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4011 { |
| 786 | 4012 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4013 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4014 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4015 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4016 break; | |
| 452 | 4017 } |
| 724 | 4018 } |
| 786 | 4019 |
| 4020 /* | |
| 3078 | 4021 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4022 */ | |
| 4023 static void | |
| 4024 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4025 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4026 { | |
| 3263 | 4027 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4028 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4029 |
| 4030 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4031 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4032 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4033 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4036 |
| 4037 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4038 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4042 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4043 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4044 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4045 } |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 /* | |
| 786 | 4048 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4049 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4050 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4051 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4052 */ | |
| 4053 int | |
| 4054 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4055 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4056 int dir; | |
| 4057 { | |
| 4058 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4059 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4060 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4061 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4062 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4065 { | |
| 4066 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4067 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4068 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4069 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4070 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4071 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4072 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4073 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4074 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4075 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4076 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4077 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4078 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4079 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4080 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4081 } |
| 4082 else | |
| 4083 { | |
| 4084 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4085 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4086 } | |
| 2632 | 4087 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4088 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4089 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4090 } |
| 724 | 4091 #endif |
| 12 | 4092 |
| 449 | 4093 /* |
| 4094 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4095 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4096 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4097 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4098 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4099 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4100 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4101 */ |
| 4102 static int | |
| 659 | 4103 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4104 pos_T *ini; |
| 4105 { | |
| 4106 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4107 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4108 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4109 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4110 certain type. */ | |
| 4111 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4112 |
| 464 | 4113 pos_T *pos; |
| 4114 char_u **matches; | |
| 4115 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4116 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4117 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4118 int i; | |
| 4119 int num_matches; | |
| 4120 int len; | |
| 4121 int found_new_match; | |
| 4122 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4123 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4124 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4125 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4126 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 4127 |
| 449 | 4128 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4129 { |
| 4130 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4131 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4132 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4133 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4134 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4135 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4136 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4137 } | |
| 4138 | |
| 449 | 4139 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4140 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4141 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4142 for (;;) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4145 | |
| 449 | 4146 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4147 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4148 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4149 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4150 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4151 { |
| 4152 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4153 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4154 e_cpt++; | |
| 4155 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4156 { | |
| 4157 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4158 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4159 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4160 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4161 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4162 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4163 type = 0; | |
| 4164 } | |
| 4165 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4166 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4167 { | |
| 4168 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4169 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4170 { | |
| 449 | 4171 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4172 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4173 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4174 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4175 type = 0; | |
| 4176 } | |
| 4177 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4180 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4181 continue; | |
| 4182 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4183 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4184 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4185 } | |
| 274 | 4186 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4187 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4188 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4189 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4190 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4191 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4192 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4193 } |
| 4194 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4195 break; | |
| 4196 else | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4199 type = -1; | |
| 4200 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4201 { | |
| 4202 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4203 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4204 else | |
| 4205 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4206 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4209 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4213 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4214 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4215 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4216 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4217 #endif | |
| 4218 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4221 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4222 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4223 } |
| 4224 else | |
| 4225 type = -1; | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4228 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4231 if (type == -1) | |
| 4232 continue; | |
| 4233 } | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 switch (type) | |
| 4237 { | |
| 4238 case -1: | |
| 4239 break; | |
| 4240 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4241 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4242 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4243 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4244 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4245 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4246 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4247 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4248 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4249 break; | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4253 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4254 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4255 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4256 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4257 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4258 ? p_tsr | |
| 4259 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4260 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4261 ? p_dict | |
| 4262 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4263 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4264 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4265 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4266 dict = NULL; |
| 4267 break; | |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4270 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4271 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4272 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4273 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4274 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4275 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4276 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4277 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4278 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4279 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4280 { | |
| 942 | 4281 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4282 } |
| 4283 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4284 break; | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4287 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4288 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4292 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4293 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4294 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4295 TRUE | |
| 4296 #else | |
| 4297 FALSE | |
| 4298 #endif | |
| 4299 ); | |
| 7 | 4300 } |
| 4301 break; | |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4304 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4305 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4306 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4307 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4308 break; |
| 4309 | |
| 12 | 4310 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4311 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4312 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4313 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4314 break; |
| 4315 #endif | |
| 4316 | |
| 477 | 4317 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4318 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4319 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4320 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4321 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4322 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4323 #endif |
| 4324 break; | |
| 4325 | |
| 7 | 4326 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4327 /* | |
| 4328 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4329 */ | |
| 4330 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4331 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4332 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4333 |
| 7 | 4334 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4335 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4336 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4337 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4338 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4339 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4340 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4341 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4342 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4343 for (;;) | |
| 4344 { | |
| 464 | 4345 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4346 |
| 1007 | 4347 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4348 | |
| 540 | 4349 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4350 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4351 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4352 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4353 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4354 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4355 else |
| 659 | 4356 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4357 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4358 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4359 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4360 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4361 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4362 { |
| 667 | 4363 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4364 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4365 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4366 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4369 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4370 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4371 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4372 { | |
| 4373 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4374 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4375 break; | |
| 4376 } | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4379 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4380 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4381 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4382 continue; | |
| 4383 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4384 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4385 { | |
| 449 | 4386 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4387 { |
| 4388 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4389 continue; | |
| 4390 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4391 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4392 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4395 } | |
| 4396 else | |
| 4397 { | |
| 449 | 4398 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4401 { |
| 449 | 4402 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4403 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4404 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4405 continue; | |
| 4406 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4407 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4408 } | |
| 4409 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4410 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4411 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4412 | |
| 449 | 4413 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4414 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4415 { |
| 4416 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4417 { | |
| 4418 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4419 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4420 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4421 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4422 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4423 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4424 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4425 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4426 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4427 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4428 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4429 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4430 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4431 { | |
| 419 | 4432 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4433 { |
| 419 | 4434 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4435 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4436 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4437 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4438 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4439 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4440 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4441 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4442 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4443 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4444 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4445 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4446 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4447 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4448 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4449 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4450 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4451 } |
| 4452 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4453 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4454 } | |
| 449 | 4455 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4456 continue; |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 } | |
| 942 | 4459 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4460 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4461 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4462 { |
| 4463 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4464 break; | |
| 4465 } | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4468 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4469 } | |
| 540 | 4470 |
| 449 | 4471 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4472 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4473 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4474 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4477 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4478 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4479 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4480 { |
| 4481 if (got_int) | |
| 4482 break; | |
| 665 | 4483 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4484 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4485 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4486 |
| 540 | 4487 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4488 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4489 break; | |
| 4490 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 else | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4495 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4496 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4499 } | |
| 449 | 4500 } |
| 4501 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4502 |
| 4503 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4504 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4505 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4508 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4509 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4510 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4513 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4514 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4515 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4516 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4517 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4518 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4519 return i; |
| 4520 } | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4523 static void | |
| 4524 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4525 { | |
| 4526 int i; | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 /* | |
| 4529 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4530 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4531 */ | |
| 449 | 4532 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4533 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4534 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4535 } | |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4538 static void | |
| 4539 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4540 { | |
| 1782 | 4541 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4542 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4543 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4544 else | |
| 4545 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4546 } |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 /* | |
| 4549 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4550 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4551 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4552 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4553 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4554 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4555 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4556 * | |
| 449 | 4557 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4558 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4559 * |
| 4560 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4561 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4562 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4563 */ |
| 4564 static int | |
| 665 | 4565 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4566 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4567 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4568 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4569 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4570 { |
| 4571 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4572 int i; | |
| 610 | 4573 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4574 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4575 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4576 int advance; |
| 7 | 4577 |
| 3271 | 4578 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4579 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4580 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4581 return -1; | |
| 4582 | |
| 665 | 4583 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4584 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4585 { | |
| 4586 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4587 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4588 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4589 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4590 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4591 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4592 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4593 |
| 4594 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4595 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4596 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4597 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4598 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4599 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4600 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4601 { | |
| 4602 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4603 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4604 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4605 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4606 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4607 } | |
| 665 | 4608 } |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4611 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4612 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4613 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4614 |
| 836 | 4615 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4616 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4617 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4618 | |
| 874 | 4619 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4620 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4623 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 | |
| 610 | 4626 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4627 * around. */ | |
| 4628 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4629 { | |
| 4630 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4631 { | |
| 4632 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4633 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4634 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4635 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4636 } |
| 4637 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4638 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4639 { | |
| 657 | 4640 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4641 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4642 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4643 } |
| 4644 else | |
| 610 | 4645 { |
| 909 | 4646 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4647 { | |
| 4648 if (advance) | |
| 4649 { | |
| 4650 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4651 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4652 else | |
| 4653 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4654 } | |
| 4655 return -1; | |
| 4656 } | |
| 4657 | |
| 836 | 4658 if (advance) |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4661 --compl_pending; | |
| 4662 else | |
| 4663 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4664 } | |
| 657 | 4665 |
| 874 | 4666 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4667 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4668 |
| 4669 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4670 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4671 && advance) |
| 909 | 4672 { |
| 4673 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4674 { | |
| 4675 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4676 --compl_pending; | |
| 4677 } | |
| 4678 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4679 { | |
| 4680 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4681 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 else | |
| 4684 break; | |
| 4685 } | |
| 657 | 4686 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4687 } | |
| 4688 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4689 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4690 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4691 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4692 ++todo; |
| 4693 else | |
| 4694 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4695 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4698 if (found_end) | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4701 { |
| 657 | 4702 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4703 break; | |
| 610 | 4704 } |
| 657 | 4705 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4706 } |
| 7 | 4707 } |
| 4708 | |
| 665 | 4709 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4710 if (insert_match) | |
| 4711 { | |
| 4712 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4713 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4714 else | |
| 1782 | 4715 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4716 } |
| 4717 else | |
| 4718 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4719 |
| 4720 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4721 { | |
| 540 | 4722 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4723 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4724 | |
| 665 | 4725 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4726 update_screen(0); | |
| 4727 | |
| 540 | 4728 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4729 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4730 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4731 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4732 { | |
| 4733 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4734 setcursor(); | |
| 4735 out_flush(); | |
| 4736 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4737 } | |
| 4738 #endif | |
| 540 | 4739 |
| 7 | 4740 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4741 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4742 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4743 } | |
| 4744 | |
| 825 | 4745 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4746 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4747 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4748 | |
| 7 | 4749 /* |
| 4750 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4751 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4752 */ | |
| 464 | 4753 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4754 { |
| 4755 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4756 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4757 if (i <= 0) |
| 4758 i = 0; | |
| 4759 else | |
| 4760 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4761 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4762 msg(IObuff); |
| 4763 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4764 } | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 return num_matches; | |
| 4767 } | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 /* | |
| 4770 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4771 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4772 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4773 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4774 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4775 */ |
| 4776 void | |
| 464 | 4777 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4778 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4779 { |
| 4780 static int count = 0; | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 int c; | |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4785 * scripts */ | |
| 4786 if (using_script()) | |
| 4787 return; | |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4790 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4791 return; |
| 4792 count = 0; | |
| 4793 | |
| 909 | 4794 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4795 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4796 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4797 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4798 { | |
| 4799 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4800 { | |
| 4801 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4802 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4803 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4804 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4805 } |
| 909 | 4806 else |
| 4807 { | |
| 4808 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4809 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4810 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4811 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4812 { | |
| 4813 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4814 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4815 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4816 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 vungetc(c); | |
| 4819 } | |
| 909 | 4820 } |
| 449 | 4821 } |
| 716 | 4822 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4823 { |
| 4824 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4827 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4828 } | |
| 610 | 4829 } |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 /* | |
| 4832 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4833 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4834 */ | |
| 4835 static int | |
| 4836 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4837 int c; | |
| 4838 { | |
| 665 | 4839 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4840 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4841 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4842 return BACKWARD; |
| 4843 return FORWARD; | |
| 4844 } | |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 /* | |
| 644 | 4847 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4848 * is visible. | |
| 4849 */ | |
| 4850 static int | |
| 4851 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4852 int c; | |
| 4853 { | |
| 4854 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4855 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4856 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4857 } |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 /* | |
| 610 | 4860 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4861 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4862 */ | |
| 4863 static int | |
| 4864 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4865 int c; | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 int h; | |
| 4868 | |
| 665 | 4869 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4870 { |
| 4871 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4872 if (h > 3) | |
| 4873 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4874 return h; | |
| 4875 } | |
| 4876 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4877 } |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 /* | |
| 681 | 4880 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4881 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4882 */ | |
| 4883 static int | |
| 4884 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4885 int c; | |
| 4886 { | |
| 4887 switch (c) | |
| 4888 { | |
| 4889 case K_UP: | |
| 4890 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4891 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4892 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4893 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4894 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4895 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4896 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4897 return FALSE; | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 return TRUE; | |
| 4900 } | |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 /* | |
| 7 | 4903 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4904 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4905 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4906 */ | |
| 4907 static int | |
| 4908 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4909 int c; |
| 7 | 4910 { |
| 449 | 4911 char_u *line; |
| 4912 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4913 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4914 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4915 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4916 |
| 610 | 4917 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4918 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4919 { |
| 4920 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4923 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4924 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4925 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4926 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4927 #endif | |
| 4928 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4929 return FAIL; | |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4932 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4933 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4934 |
| 1430 | 4935 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4936 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4937 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4938 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4939 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4940 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4941 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4942 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4943 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4944 { |
| 4945 /* | |
| 4946 * it is a continued search | |
| 4947 */ | |
| 449 | 4948 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4949 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4950 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4951 { | |
| 449 | 4952 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4953 { |
| 449 | 4954 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4955 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4956 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4957 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4958 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4959 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4960 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4961 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4962 } |
| 4963 else | |
| 4964 { | |
| 4965 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4966 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4967 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4968 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4969 { |
| 449 | 4970 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4971 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4972 line + compl_length | |
| 4973 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4974 } |
| 449 | 4975 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4976 } |
| 449 | 4977 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4978 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4979 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4980 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4981 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4982 { |
| 449 | 4983 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4984 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4985 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4986 } |
| 449 | 4987 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4988 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4989 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4990 } |
| 4991 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4992 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4993 else |
| 449 | 4994 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4995 } |
| 4996 else | |
| 449 | 4997 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5002 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5003 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5004 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5005 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5006 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5007 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5008 } |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5011 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5012 { | |
| 449 | 5013 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5014 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5015 { | |
| 449 | 5016 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5017 { |
| 449 | 5018 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5019 ; |
| 449 | 5020 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5021 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5022 } |
| 5023 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5024 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5025 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5026 else |
| 449 | 5027 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5028 compl_length); | |
| 5029 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5030 return FAIL; |
| 5031 } | |
| 449 | 5032 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5033 { |
| 5034 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5035 | |
| 1872 | 5036 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5037 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5038 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5039 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5040 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5041 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5042 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5043 && ( |
| 5044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5045 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5046 #else |
| 449 | 5047 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5048 #endif |
| 5049 ))) | |
| 5050 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5051 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5052 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5053 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5054 } |
| 449 | 5055 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5057 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5058 #else |
| 449 | 5059 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5060 #endif |
| 5061 ) | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5064 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5065 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5066 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5067 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5068 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5069 } |
| 5070 else | |
| 5071 { | |
| 5072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5073 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5074 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5075 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5076 { | |
| 5077 int base_class; | |
| 5078 int head_off; | |
| 5079 | |
| 449 | 5080 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5081 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5082 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5083 { |
| 449 | 5084 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5085 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5086 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5087 break; |
| 449 | 5088 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5089 } |
| 5090 } | |
| 5091 else | |
| 5092 #endif | |
| 449 | 5093 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5094 ; |
| 449 | 5095 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5096 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5097 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5098 { |
| 5099 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5100 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5101 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5102 */ | |
| 449 | 5103 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5104 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5105 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5106 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5107 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5108 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5109 } |
| 5110 else | |
| 5111 { | |
| 449 | 5112 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5113 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5114 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5115 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5116 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5117 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5118 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5119 } |
| 5120 } | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5123 { | |
| 835 | 5124 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5125 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5126 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5127 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5128 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5129 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5130 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5131 else |
| 449 | 5132 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5133 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5134 return FAIL; |
| 5135 } | |
| 5136 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5137 { | |
| 449 | 5138 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5139 ; |
| 449 | 5140 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5141 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5142 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5143 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5144 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5145 return FAIL; |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 449 | 5149 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5150 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5151 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5152 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5153 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5154 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5155 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5156 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5157 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5158 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5159 else | |
| 935 | 5160 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5161 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5162 } |
| 523 | 5163 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5164 { |
| 12 | 5165 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5166 /* | |
| 502 | 5167 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5168 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5169 */ |
| 502 | 5170 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5171 int col; |
| 502 | 5172 char_u *funcname; |
| 5173 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5174 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5175 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5176 |
| 523 | 5177 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5178 * string */ |
| 5179 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5180 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5181 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5182 { |
| 5183 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5184 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5185 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5186 } |
| 452 | 5187 |
| 5188 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5189 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5190 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5191 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5192 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5193 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5194 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5195 { | |
| 5196 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5197 return FAIL; | |
| 5198 } | |
| 502 | 5199 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5200 check_cursor(); |
| 5201 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5204 return FAIL; | |
| 5205 } | |
| 502 | 5206 |
| 3302 | 5207 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5208 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5209 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5210 if (col == -2) |
| 5211 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5212 if (col == -3) |
| 5213 { | |
| 5214 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5215 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5216 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 5217 return FAIL; | |
| 5218 } | |
| 3302 | 5219 |
| 3078 | 5220 /* |
| 5221 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5222 * completion. | |
| 5223 */ | |
| 5224 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5225 | |
| 452 | 5226 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5227 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5228 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5229 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5230 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5231 |
| 5232 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5233 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5234 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5235 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5236 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5237 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5238 #endif |
| 449 | 5239 return FAIL; |
| 5240 } | |
| 477 | 5241 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5242 { | |
| 744 | 5243 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5244 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5245 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5246 else | |
| 5247 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5248 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5249 { |
| 5250 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5251 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 else | |
| 5254 { | |
| 5255 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5256 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 818 | 5258 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5259 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5260 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5261 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5262 #endif | |
| 5263 return FAIL; | |
| 5264 } | |
| 449 | 5265 else |
| 5266 { | |
| 5267 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5268 return FAIL; | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5272 { |
| 5273 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5274 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5275 { | |
| 5276 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5277 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5278 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5281 #endif | |
| 449 | 5282 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5283 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5284 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5285 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5286 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5287 #endif | |
| 449 | 5288 compl_length = 0; |
| 5289 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5290 } |
| 5291 } | |
| 5292 else | |
| 5293 { | |
| 5294 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5295 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5299 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5300 else |
| 5301 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5302 | |
| 3095 | 5303 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5304 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5305 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5306 | |
| 694 | 5307 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5308 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5309 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5310 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5311 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5312 { |
| 5313 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5314 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5315 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5316 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5317 return FAIL; |
| 5318 } | |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5321 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5322 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5323 */ | |
| 5324 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5325 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5326 showmode(); | |
| 5327 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5328 out_flush(); | |
| 5329 } | |
| 5330 | |
| 449 | 5331 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5332 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5333 |
| 5334 /* | |
| 665 | 5335 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5336 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5337 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5338 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5339 |
| 540 | 5340 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5341 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5342 | |
| 449 | 5343 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5344 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5345 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5346 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5347 |
| 5348 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5349 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5350 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5351 { | |
| 5352 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5353 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5354 } | |
| 5355 | |
| 449 | 5356 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5357 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5358 { |
| 5359 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5360 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5361 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5362 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5363 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5364 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5365 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5366 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5367 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5368 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5369 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5370 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5371 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5372 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5373 } | |
| 5374 | |
| 464 | 5375 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5376 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5377 else |
| 449 | 5378 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5379 |
| 5380 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5381 { | |
| 464 | 5382 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5383 { |
| 5384 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5385 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5386 } | |
| 449 | 5387 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5388 { |
| 5389 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5390 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5391 } | |
| 464 | 5392 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5393 { |
| 5394 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5395 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5396 } | |
| 5397 else | |
| 5398 { | |
| 5399 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5400 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5401 { |
| 464 | 5402 int number = 0; |
| 5403 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5404 |
| 449 | 5405 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5406 { |
| 5407 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5408 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5409 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5410 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5411 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5412 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5413 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5414 { |
| 464 | 5415 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5416 break; |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5419 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5420 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5421 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5422 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5423 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5424 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5425 } |
| 5426 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5429 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5430 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5431 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5432 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5433 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5434 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5435 { |
| 464 | 5436 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5437 break; |
| 5438 } | |
| 5439 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5440 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5441 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5442 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5443 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5444 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5445 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5446 } |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 | |
| 540 | 5449 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5450 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5451 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5452 { |
| 1063 | 5453 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5454 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5455 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5456 |
| 449 | 5457 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5458 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5459 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5460 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5461 else |
| 1063 | 5462 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5463 _("match %d"), | |
| 5464 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5465 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5466 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5467 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5468 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5474 showmode(); | |
| 5475 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5476 { | |
| 5477 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5478 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5479 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5480 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5481 } | |
| 5482 else | |
| 5483 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5484 | |
| 857 | 5485 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5486 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5487 { | |
| 5488 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5489 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5490 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5491 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5492 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5493 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5494 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5495 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5496 |
| 857 | 5497 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5498 setcursor(); | |
| 5499 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5500 } | |
| 874 | 5501 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5502 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5503 |
| 7 | 5504 return OK; |
| 5505 } | |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 /* | |
| 5508 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5509 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5510 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5511 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5512 */ | |
| 1872 | 5513 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5514 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5515 char_u *dest; | |
| 5516 char_u *src; | |
| 5517 int len; | |
| 5518 { | |
| 1872 | 5519 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5522 { |
| 5523 switch (*src) | |
| 5524 { | |
| 5525 case '.': | |
| 5526 case '*': | |
| 5527 case '[': | |
| 5528 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5529 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5530 break; | |
| 5531 case '~': | |
| 5532 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5533 break; | |
| 5534 case '\\': | |
| 5535 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5536 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5537 break; | |
| 5538 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5539 case '$': | |
| 5540 m++; | |
| 5541 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5542 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5543 break; | |
| 5544 } | |
| 5545 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5546 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5547 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5548 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5549 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5552 | |
| 474 | 5553 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5554 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5555 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5556 { | |
| 5557 --len; | |
| 5558 ++src; | |
| 5559 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5560 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5561 } | |
| 5562 } | |
| 464 | 5563 # endif |
| 7 | 5564 } |
| 5565 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5566 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 return m; | |
| 5569 } | |
| 5570 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 /* | |
| 5573 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5574 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5575 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5576 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5577 */ | |
| 5578 int | |
| 5579 get_literal() | |
| 5580 { | |
| 5581 int cc; | |
| 5582 int nc; | |
| 5583 int i; | |
| 5584 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5585 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5587 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5588 #endif | |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 if (got_int) | |
| 5591 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5594 /* | |
| 5595 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5596 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5597 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5598 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5599 */ | |
| 5600 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5601 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5602 #endif | |
| 5603 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5604 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5605 #endif | |
| 5606 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5607 cc = 0; | |
| 5608 i = 0; | |
| 5609 for (;;) | |
| 5610 { | |
| 1389 | 5611 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5612 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5613 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5614 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5615 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5616 # endif | |
| 5617 ) | |
| 5618 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5619 #endif | |
| 5620 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5621 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5622 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5623 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5625 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5626 unicode = nc; | |
| 5627 #endif | |
| 5628 else | |
| 5629 { | |
| 5630 if (hex | |
| 5631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5632 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5633 #endif | |
| 5634 ) | |
| 5635 { | |
| 5636 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5637 break; | |
| 5638 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5639 } | |
| 5640 else if (octal) | |
| 5641 { | |
| 5642 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5643 break; | |
| 5644 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5645 } | |
| 5646 else | |
| 5647 { | |
| 5648 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5649 break; | |
| 5650 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5651 } | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 ++i; | |
| 5654 } | |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5658 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5659 #endif | |
| 5660 ) | |
| 5661 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5662 nc = 0; | |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5665 { | |
| 5666 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5667 break; | |
| 5668 } | |
| 5669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5670 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5671 { | |
| 5672 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5673 break; | |
| 5674 } | |
| 5675 #endif | |
| 5676 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5677 break; | |
| 5678 } | |
| 5679 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5680 { | |
| 5681 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5682 { | |
| 5683 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5684 nc = 0; | |
| 5685 } | |
| 5686 else | |
| 5687 { | |
| 5688 cc = nc; | |
| 5689 nc = 0; | |
| 5690 } | |
| 5691 } | |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5694 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5695 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5696 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5697 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5698 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5699 #endif | |
| 7 | 5700 |
| 5701 --no_mapping; | |
| 5702 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5703 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5704 --allow_keys; | |
| 5705 #endif | |
| 5706 if (nc) | |
| 5707 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5708 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5709 return cc; | |
| 5710 } | |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 /* | |
| 5713 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5714 */ | |
| 5715 static void | |
| 5716 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5717 int c; | |
| 5718 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5719 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5720 { | |
| 5721 char_u *p; | |
| 5722 int len; | |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 /* | |
| 5725 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5726 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5727 * mode. | |
| 5728 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5729 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5730 */ | |
| 5731 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5732 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5733 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5734 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5735 #endif | |
| 5736 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5737 { | |
| 5738 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5739 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5740 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5741 if (len > 2) | |
| 5742 { | |
| 5743 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5744 return; | |
| 5745 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5746 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5747 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5748 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5749 } | |
| 5750 } | |
| 5751 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5752 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5753 } | |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 /* | |
| 5756 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5757 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5758 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5759 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5760 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5761 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5762 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5763 */ | |
| 5764 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5765 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5766 #else | |
| 5767 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5768 #endif | |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5771 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5772 #else | |
| 5773 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5774 #endif | |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 void | |
| 5777 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5778 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5779 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5780 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5781 { | |
| 5782 int textwidth; | |
| 5783 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5784 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5785 #endif |
| 7 | 5786 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5789 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 /* | |
| 5792 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5793 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5794 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5795 * ends in white space. | |
| 5796 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5797 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5798 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5799 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5800 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5801 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5802 * before the insert. | |
| 5803 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5804 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5805 */ | |
| 667 | 5806 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5807 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5808 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5809 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5810 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5811 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5812 #endif | |
| 5813 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5814 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5815 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5816 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5817 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5818 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5819 )))))) | |
| 5820 { | |
| 667 | 5821 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5822 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5823 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5824 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5825 | |
| 1563 | 5826 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5827 { |
| 5828 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5829 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5830 * was called. */ | |
| 5831 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5832 } | |
| 5833 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5834 #endif |
| 2004 | 5835 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5836 } |
| 5837 | |
| 7 | 5838 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5839 return; | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5842 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5843 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5844 { | |
| 5845 char_u *line; | |
| 5846 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5847 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5848 int i; | |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 /* | |
| 5851 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5852 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5853 */ | |
| 5854 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5855 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5856 { | |
| 5857 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5858 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5859 ++p; | |
| 5860 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5861 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5862 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5863 --middle_len; | |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5866 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5867 ++p; | |
| 5868 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5871 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5872 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5873 ; | |
| 5874 i++; | |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5877 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5880 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5881 { | |
| 5882 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5883 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 /* | |
| 5886 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5887 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5888 */ | |
| 5889 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5890 } | |
| 5891 } | |
| 5892 } | |
| 5893 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5894 #endif | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5897 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5898 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5899 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5900 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5901 #endif | |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 /* | |
| 5904 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5905 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5906 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5907 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5908 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5909 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5910 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5911 */ |
| 5912 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5913 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5914 #endif | |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5918 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5919 #endif | |
| 5920 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5921 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5922 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5923 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5924 #endif | |
| 5925 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5926 && !p_ri | |
| 5927 #endif | |
| 3390 | 5928 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5929 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 5930 #endif | |
| 7 | 5931 ) |
| 5932 { | |
| 5933 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5934 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5935 int i; | |
| 5936 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5939 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5940 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5941 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5942 /* | |
| 5943 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5944 * - no more chars available | |
| 5945 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5946 * - buffer is full | |
| 5947 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5948 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5949 */ | |
| 5950 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5951 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5952 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5953 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5954 #endif | |
| 5955 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5956 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5957 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5958 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5959 { | |
| 5960 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5961 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5962 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5963 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5964 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5965 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5966 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5967 # endif | |
| 5968 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5969 #else | |
| 5970 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5971 #endif | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5975 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5976 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5977 #endif | |
| 5978 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5979 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5980 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5983 i = 1; | |
| 5984 } | |
| 5985 else | |
| 5986 i = 0; | |
| 5987 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5988 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5989 } |
| 5990 else | |
| 5991 { | |
| 5992 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5993 int cc; |
| 5994 | |
| 7 | 5995 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5996 { | |
| 5997 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6000 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6001 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6002 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6003 } | |
| 6004 else | |
| 6005 #endif | |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 ins_char(c); | |
| 6008 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6009 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6010 else | |
| 6011 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6012 } | |
| 6013 } | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 /* | |
| 667 | 6017 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 6018 */ | |
| 6019 static void | |
| 2004 | 6020 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6021 int textwidth; |
| 6022 int second_indent; | |
| 6023 int flags; | |
| 6024 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6025 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6026 { |
| 6027 int cc; | |
| 6028 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6029 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6030 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6032 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6033 #endif | |
| 6034 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6035 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6036 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6037 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6038 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6039 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6040 #endif | |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 /* | |
| 6043 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6044 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6045 */ | |
| 2004 | 6046 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6047 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6048 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6049 #endif | |
| 6050 ) | |
| 667 | 6051 { |
| 6052 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6053 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6054 { | |
| 6055 save_char = cc; | |
| 6056 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6057 } | |
| 6058 } | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 /* | |
| 6061 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6062 */ | |
| 6063 while (!got_int) | |
| 6064 { | |
| 6065 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6066 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6067 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6068 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6069 colnr_T len; | |
| 6070 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6071 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6072 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6073 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6074 #endif | |
| 6075 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6076 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6079 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6080 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6081 break; |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6084 if (no_leader) | |
| 6085 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6086 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6087 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6088 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6089 | |
| 6090 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6091 if (do_comments) | |
| 6092 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 6093 else | |
| 6094 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6097 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6098 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6099 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6100 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6101 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6102 #endif | |
| 6103 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6104 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6105 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6106 #endif | |
| 6107 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 break; | |
| 6110 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6111 break; | |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6114 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6115 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6116 | |
| 2004 | 6117 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6118 foundcol = 0; |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 /* | |
| 6121 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6122 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6123 */ | |
| 6124 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6125 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6126 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6127 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6128 { | |
| 2004 | 6129 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6130 cc = c; | |
| 6131 else | |
| 6132 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6133 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6134 { | |
| 6135 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6136 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6137 |
| 6138 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6139 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6140 { | |
| 6141 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6142 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6143 } | |
| 6144 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6145 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6146 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6147 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6148 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6149 break; | |
| 6150 #endif | |
| 6151 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6152 { | |
| 6153 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6154 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6155 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6156 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6157 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6158 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6159 break; | |
| 6160 #endif | |
| 667 | 6161 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6162 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6163 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6166 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6167 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6168 } | |
| 2004 | 6169 |
| 6170 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6173 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6175 break; |
| 6176 } | |
| 6177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6178 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6179 { |
| 6180 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6181 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6184 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6185 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6186 break; | |
| 6187 #endif | |
| 6188 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6189 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6190 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6191 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6192 { | |
| 6193 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6194 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6195 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6196 break; | |
| 6197 } | |
| 6198 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6199 } | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6202 break; | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6207 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6210 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6211 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6212 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6213 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6214 break; | |
| 6215 #endif | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6218 | |
| 667 | 6219 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6220 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6221 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6222 break; | |
| 667 | 6223 } |
| 6224 #endif | |
| 6225 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6226 break; | |
| 6227 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6228 } | |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6233 break; | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6237 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 /* | |
| 6240 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6241 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6242 * over the text instead. | |
| 6243 */ | |
| 6244 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6245 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6246 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6247 else | |
| 6248 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6249 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6250 |
| 6251 /* | |
| 6252 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6253 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6254 */ | |
| 6255 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6256 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6257 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6258 inc_cursor(); |
| 6259 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6260 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6261 startcol = 0; | |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6264 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6265 { | |
| 6266 /* | |
| 6267 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6268 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6269 */ | |
| 6270 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6271 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6272 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6273 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6274 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6277 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6278 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6279 } | |
| 6280 else | |
| 6281 #endif | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6284 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6285 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6286 } | |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 /* | |
| 6289 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6290 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6291 */ | |
| 6292 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6293 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6294 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6295 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6296 #endif | |
| 6297 , old_indent); | |
| 6298 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6301 if (first_line) | |
| 6302 { | |
| 6303 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6304 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6305 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6306 { | |
| 6307 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6308 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6309 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6310 else |
| 6311 #endif | |
| 6312 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6313 } | |
| 6314 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6315 } | |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6318 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6319 { | |
| 6320 /* | |
| 6321 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6322 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6323 */ | |
| 6324 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6325 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6326 } | |
| 6327 else | |
| 6328 #endif | |
| 6329 { | |
| 6330 /* | |
| 6331 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6332 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6333 */ | |
| 6334 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6335 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6336 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6337 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6338 } | |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6341 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6342 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6343 #endif | |
| 6344 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6345 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6346 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6347 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6348 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6349 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6350 #endif | |
| 6351 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6355 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6358 { | |
| 6359 update_topline(); | |
| 6360 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6361 } | |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 /* | |
| 7 | 6365 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6366 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6367 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6368 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6369 * saved here. | |
| 6370 */ | |
| 6371 void | |
| 6372 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6373 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6374 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6375 { | |
| 6376 pos_T pos; | |
| 6377 colnr_T len; | |
| 6378 char_u *old; | |
| 6379 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6380 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6381 int cc; |
| 7 | 6382 |
| 6383 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6384 return; | |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6387 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6390 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6393 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6394 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6395 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6396 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6397 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6398 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6399 { | |
| 6400 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6401 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6402 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6403 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6404 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6405 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6406 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6407 { |
| 6408 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6409 return; | |
| 6410 } | |
| 6411 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6412 } | |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6415 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6416 * comments. */ | |
| 6417 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6418 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6419 return; | |
| 6420 #endif | |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 /* | |
| 6423 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6424 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6425 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6426 */ | |
| 6427 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6428 { | |
| 6429 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6430 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6431 return; | |
| 6432 } | |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 /* | |
| 6435 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6436 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6437 */ | |
| 6438 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6439 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6440 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6441 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6444 { | |
| 6445 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6446 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6447 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6448 } | |
| 6449 else | |
| 6450 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6453 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6454 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6455 * formatted. */ | |
| 6456 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6457 { | |
| 6458 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6459 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6460 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6461 { | |
| 6462 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6463 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6464 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6465 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6466 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6467 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6468 } | |
| 6469 else | |
| 6470 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6471 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6472 } | |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 check_cursor(); | |
| 6475 } | |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 /* | |
| 6478 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6479 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6480 * position. | |
| 6481 */ | |
| 6482 static void | |
| 6483 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6484 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6485 { | |
| 6486 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6487 int cc; |
| 7 | 6488 |
| 6489 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6490 { | |
| 301 | 6491 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6492 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6493 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6494 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6495 else | |
| 6496 { | |
| 6497 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6500 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6501 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6502 } | |
| 6503 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6504 { | |
| 6505 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6506 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6507 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6508 } | |
| 6509 } | |
| 6510 } | |
| 6511 } | |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 /* | |
| 6514 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6515 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6516 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6517 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6518 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6519 */ | |
| 6520 int | |
| 6521 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6522 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6523 { |
| 6524 int textwidth; | |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6527 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6528 { | |
| 6529 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6530 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6531 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6532 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6533 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6534 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6535 #endif | |
| 6536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6537 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6538 #endif | |
| 6539 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6540 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6541 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6542 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6543 # endif |
| 6544 ) | |
| 6545 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6546 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6547 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6548 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6549 } | |
| 6550 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6551 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6552 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6553 { | |
| 6554 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6555 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6556 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6557 } | |
| 6558 return textwidth; | |
| 6559 } | |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 /* | |
| 6562 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6563 */ | |
| 6564 static void | |
| 6565 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6566 int c; | |
| 6567 { | |
| 6568 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6571 * three digits. */ | |
| 6572 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6573 { | |
| 1872 | 6574 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6575 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 else | |
| 6578 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6579 } | |
| 6580 | |
| 6581 /* | |
| 6582 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6583 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6584 */ |
| 6585 static void | |
| 6586 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6587 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6588 { |
| 6589 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6590 { | |
| 6591 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6592 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6593 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6594 } | |
| 744 | 6595 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6596 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6597 #endif | |
| 7 | 6598 } |
| 6599 | |
| 744 | 6600 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6601 /* |
| 6602 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6603 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6604 */ | |
| 6605 static void | |
| 6606 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6607 { | |
| 6608 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6609 { | |
| 6610 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6613 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6614 } | |
| 6615 } | |
| 484 | 6616 |
| 6617 /* | |
| 6618 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6619 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6620 */ | |
| 6621 static void | |
| 6622 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6623 { | |
| 6624 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6625 | |
| 499 | 6626 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6627 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6628 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6629 } | |
| 221 | 6630 #endif |
| 6631 | |
| 7 | 6632 /* |
| 6633 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6634 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6635 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6636 */ | |
| 6637 int | |
| 6638 stop_arrow() | |
| 6639 { | |
| 6640 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6641 { | |
| 6642 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6643 { | |
| 6644 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6645 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6646 } | |
| 6647 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6648 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6649 ai_col = 0; |
| 6650 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6651 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6654 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6655 } | |
| 6656 #endif | |
| 6657 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6658 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6659 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6660 } |
| 6661 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6662 { | |
| 6663 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6664 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6665 } | |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6668 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6669 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6670 #endif | |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6673 } | |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 /* | |
| 840 | 6676 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6677 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6678 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6679 */ |
| 6680 static void | |
| 6681 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6682 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6683 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6684 { |
| 603 | 6685 int cc; |
| 6686 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6687 |
| 6688 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6689 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 /* | |
| 603 | 6692 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6693 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6694 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6695 */ |
| 603 | 6696 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6697 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6698 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6699 { |
| 6700 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6701 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6702 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6703 } | |
| 6704 else | |
| 6705 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6706 |
| 840 | 6707 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6708 { |
| 6709 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6710 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6711 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6712 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6713 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6714 { |
| 10 | 6715 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6716 | |
| 7 | 6717 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6718 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6719 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6720 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6721 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6722 { | |
| 6723 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6724 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6725 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6726 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6727 } |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6730 | |
| 10 | 6731 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6732 { | |
| 6733 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6734 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6735 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6736 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6737 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6738 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6739 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6740 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6741 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6742 #endif | |
| 6743 } | |
| 7 | 6744 } |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6747 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6750 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6751 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6752 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6753 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6754 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6755 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6756 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6757 { |
| 10 | 6758 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6761 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6762 for (;;) |
| 6763 { | |
| 6764 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6765 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6766 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6767 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6768 break; | |
| 1892 | 6769 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6770 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6771 } |
| 10 | 6772 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6773 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6774 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6775 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6778 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6779 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6780 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6781 { | |
| 1872 | 6782 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6785 { |
| 1872 | 6786 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6787 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6788 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6789 # endif | |
| 6790 } | |
| 6791 } | |
| 6792 #endif | |
| 6793 } | |
| 6794 } | |
| 6795 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6796 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6797 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6798 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6799 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6800 #endif | |
| 6801 | |
| 840 | 6802 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6803 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6804 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6805 { | |
| 6806 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6807 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6808 } | |
| 7 | 6809 } |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 /* | |
| 6812 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6813 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6814 */ | |
| 6815 void | |
| 6816 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6817 int c; | |
| 6818 { | |
| 6819 char_u *s; | |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6823 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6824 #else | |
| 6825 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6826 #endif | |
| 6827 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6828 { | |
| 6829 s = last_insert; | |
| 6830 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6831 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6832 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6833 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6834 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6835 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6836 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6837 } | |
| 6838 } | |
| 6839 | |
| 359 | 6840 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6841 void | |
| 6842 free_last_insert() | |
| 6843 { | |
| 6844 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6845 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6846 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6847 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6848 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6849 # endif |
| 359 | 6850 } |
| 6851 #endif | |
| 6852 | |
| 7 | 6853 /* |
| 6854 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6855 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6856 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6857 */ | |
| 6858 char_u * | |
| 6859 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6860 int c; | |
| 6861 char_u *s; | |
| 6862 { | |
| 6863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6864 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6865 int i; | |
| 6866 int len; | |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6869 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6870 { | |
| 6871 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6872 #endif | |
| 6873 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6874 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6875 { | |
| 6876 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6877 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6878 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6879 } | |
| 6880 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6881 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6882 { | |
| 6883 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6884 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6885 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6886 } | |
| 6887 #endif | |
| 6888 else | |
| 6889 *s++ = c; | |
| 6890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 #endif | |
| 6893 return s; | |
| 6894 } | |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 /* | |
| 6897 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6898 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6899 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6900 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6901 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6902 */ | |
| 6903 void | |
| 6904 beginline(flags) | |
| 6905 int flags; | |
| 6906 { | |
| 6907 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6908 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6909 else | |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6912 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6913 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6914 #endif | |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6917 { | |
| 6918 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6921 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6922 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6923 } | |
| 6924 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6925 } | |
| 6926 } | |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 /* | |
| 6929 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6930 * | |
| 6931 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6932 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6933 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6934 */ | |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 int | |
| 6937 oneright() | |
| 6938 { | |
| 6939 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6940 int l; | |
| 6941 | |
| 6942 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6943 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6944 { | |
| 6945 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6948 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6949 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6950 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6951 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6952 # else |
| 7 | 6953 *ptr |
| 773 | 6954 # endif |
| 7 | 6955 )) |
| 6956 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6957 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6958 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6959 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6960 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6961 } | |
| 6962 #endif | |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6965 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6966 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6967 | |
| 7 | 6968 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6969 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6970 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6971 else |
| 6972 #endif | |
| 773 | 6973 l = 1; |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6976 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6977 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6978 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6979 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6980 #endif | |
| 6981 ) | |
| 6982 return FAIL; | |
| 6983 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6984 |
| 6985 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6986 return OK; | |
| 6987 } | |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 int | |
| 6990 oneleft() | |
| 6991 { | |
| 6992 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6993 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6994 { | |
| 6995 int width; | |
| 6996 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 if (v == 0) | |
| 6999 return FAIL; | |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7002 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7003 width = 1; | |
| 7004 for (;;) | |
| 7005 { | |
| 7006 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 7007 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 7008 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 7009 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7010 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7011 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7012 # endif | |
| 7013 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7014 break; | |
| 7015 ++width; | |
| 7016 } | |
| 7017 # else | |
| 7018 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7019 # endif | |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7022 { | |
| 7023 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7026 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7027 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7028 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7029 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7030 # else | |
| 7031 *ptr | |
| 7032 # endif | |
| 7033 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7034 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7035 } | |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7038 return OK; | |
| 7039 } | |
| 7040 #endif | |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7043 return FAIL; | |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7046 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7049 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7050 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7051 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7052 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7053 #endif | |
| 7054 return OK; | |
| 7055 } | |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 int | |
| 7058 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7059 long n; | |
| 7060 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7061 { | |
| 7062 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 if (n > 0) | |
| 7065 { | |
| 7066 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7067 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7068 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7069 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7070 return FAIL; |
| 7071 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7072 lnum = 1; | |
| 7073 else | |
| 7074 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7075 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 /* | |
| 7078 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7079 */ | |
| 7080 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 7081 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 while (n--) | |
| 7084 { | |
| 7085 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7086 --lnum; | |
| 7087 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7088 break; | |
| 7089 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7090 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7091 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7092 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7093 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7094 } | |
| 7095 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7096 lnum = 1; | |
| 7097 } | |
| 7098 else | |
| 7099 #endif | |
| 7100 lnum -= n; | |
| 7101 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7102 } | |
| 7103 | |
| 7104 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7105 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7108 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 return OK; | |
| 7111 } | |
| 7112 | |
| 7113 /* | |
| 7114 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7115 */ | |
| 7116 int | |
| 7117 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7118 long n; | |
| 7119 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7120 { | |
| 7121 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7122 | |
| 7123 if (n > 0) | |
| 7124 { | |
| 7125 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7127 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7128 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7129 #endif | |
| 161 | 7130 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 7131 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7132 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7133 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7134 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7135 return FAIL; |
| 7136 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7137 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7138 else | |
| 7139 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7140 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7141 { | |
| 7142 linenr_T last; | |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7145 while (n--) | |
| 7146 { | |
| 7147 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7148 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7149 else | |
| 7150 ++lnum; | |
| 7151 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7152 break; | |
| 7153 } | |
| 7154 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7155 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7156 } | |
| 7157 else | |
| 7158 #endif | |
| 7159 lnum += n; | |
| 7160 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7161 } | |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7164 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7167 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 return OK; | |
| 7170 } | |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 /* | |
| 7173 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7174 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7175 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7176 */ | |
| 7177 int | |
| 7178 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7179 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7180 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7181 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7182 { | |
| 7183 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7184 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7185 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7186 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7189 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7190 { | |
| 7191 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7192 return FAIL; | |
| 7193 } | |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7196 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7197 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7198 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7199 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7202 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7203 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7204 */ | |
| 7205 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7206 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7207 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7208 { | |
| 7209 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7210 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7211 } | |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 do | |
| 7214 { | |
| 7215 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7216 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7217 if (last) | |
| 7218 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7219 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7220 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7221 } | |
| 7222 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 if (last) | |
| 7225 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7228 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7231 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7232 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 return OK; | |
| 7235 } | |
| 7236 | |
| 7237 char_u * | |
| 7238 get_last_insert() | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7241 return NULL; | |
| 7242 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7243 } | |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 /* | |
| 7246 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7247 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7248 */ | |
| 7249 char_u * | |
| 7250 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7251 { | |
| 7252 char_u *s; | |
| 7253 int len; | |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7256 return NULL; | |
| 7257 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7258 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7259 { | |
| 7260 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7261 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7262 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 return s; | |
| 7265 } | |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 /* | |
| 7268 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7269 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7270 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7271 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7272 */ | |
| 7273 static int | |
| 7274 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7275 int c; | |
| 7276 { | |
| 7277 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7278 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7279 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7280 return FALSE; | |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7283 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7284 } | |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 /* | |
| 7287 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7288 * | |
| 7289 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7290 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7291 * | |
| 7292 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7293 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7294 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7295 * | |
| 7296 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7297 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7298 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7299 * | |
| 7300 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7301 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7302 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7303 */ | |
| 7304 | |
| 298 | 7305 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7306 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7307 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7308 |
| 7309 void | |
| 7310 replace_push(c) | |
| 7311 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7312 { | |
| 7313 char_u *p; | |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7316 return; | |
| 7317 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7318 { | |
| 7319 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7320 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7321 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7322 { | |
| 7323 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7324 return; | |
| 7325 } | |
| 7326 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7327 { | |
| 7328 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7329 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7330 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7331 } | |
| 7332 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7333 } | |
| 7334 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7335 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7336 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7337 *p = c; | |
| 7338 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7339 } | |
| 7340 | |
| 1470 | 7341 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7342 /* | |
| 7343 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7344 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7345 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7346 */ | |
| 7347 int | |
| 7348 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7349 char_u *p; | |
| 7350 { | |
| 7351 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7352 int j; | |
| 7353 | |
| 7354 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7355 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7356 return l; | |
| 7357 } | |
| 7358 #endif | |
| 7359 | |
| 7 | 7360 /* |
| 7361 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7362 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7363 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7364 */ | |
| 7365 static int | |
| 7366 replace_pop() | |
| 7367 { | |
| 7368 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7369 return -1; | |
| 7370 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7371 } | |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 /* | |
| 7374 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7375 * encountered. | |
| 7376 */ | |
| 7377 static void | |
| 7378 replace_join(off) | |
| 7379 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7380 { | |
| 7381 int i; | |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7384 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7385 { | |
| 7386 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7387 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7388 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7389 return; | |
| 7390 } | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 /* | |
| 7394 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7395 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7396 */ | |
| 7397 static void | |
| 7398 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7399 { | |
| 7400 int cc; | |
| 7401 int oldState = State; | |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7404 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7405 { | |
| 7406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7407 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7408 #else | |
| 7409 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7410 #endif | |
| 7411 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7412 } | |
| 7413 State = oldState; | |
| 7414 } | |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7417 /* | |
| 7418 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7419 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7420 */ | |
| 7421 static void | |
| 7422 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7423 int cc; | |
| 7424 { | |
| 7425 int n; | |
| 7426 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7427 int i; | |
| 7428 int c; | |
| 7429 | |
| 7430 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7431 { | |
| 7432 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7433 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7434 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7435 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7436 } | |
| 7437 else | |
| 7438 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7441 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7442 for (;;) | |
| 7443 { | |
| 7444 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7445 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7446 break; | |
| 7447 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7448 { | |
| 7449 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7450 replace_push(c); | |
| 7451 break; | |
| 7452 } | |
| 7453 else | |
| 7454 { | |
| 7455 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7456 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7457 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7458 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7459 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7460 else | |
| 7461 { | |
| 7462 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7463 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7464 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7465 break; | |
| 7466 } | |
| 7467 } | |
| 7468 } | |
| 7469 } | |
| 7470 #endif | |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 /* | |
| 7473 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7474 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7475 */ | |
| 7476 static void | |
| 7477 replace_flush() | |
| 7478 { | |
| 7479 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7480 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7481 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7482 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7483 } | |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 /* | |
| 7486 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7487 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7488 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7489 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7490 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7491 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7492 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7493 */ |
| 7494 static void | |
| 1782 | 7495 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7496 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7497 { |
| 7498 int cc; | |
| 7499 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7500 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7501 int ins_len; | |
| 7502 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7503 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7504 char_u *p; | |
| 7505 int i; | |
| 7506 int vcol; | |
| 7507 #endif | |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7510 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7511 { | |
| 7512 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7514 { | |
| 7515 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7516 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7517 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7518 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7519 } | |
| 7520 #endif | |
| 7521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7522 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7523 { | |
| 1782 | 7524 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7525 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7526 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7527 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7528 # endif |
| 7529 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7530 } | |
| 7531 else | |
| 7532 #endif | |
| 7533 { | |
| 7534 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7535 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7536 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7537 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7538 #endif |
| 7539 } | |
| 7540 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7543 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7544 { | |
| 7545 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7546 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7547 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7548 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7549 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7550 { | |
| 7551 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7553 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7554 #endif |
| 7555 } | |
| 7556 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7559 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7560 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7561 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7562 { | |
| 7563 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7564 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7565 } | |
| 7566 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7567 } | |
| 7568 #endif | |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7571 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7572 } | |
| 7573 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7574 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7575 } |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7578 /* | |
| 7579 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7580 */ | |
| 7581 static int | |
| 7582 cindent_on() | |
| 7583 { | |
| 7584 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7585 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7586 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7587 # endif | |
| 7588 )); | |
| 7589 } | |
| 7590 #endif | |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7593 /* | |
| 7594 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7595 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7596 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7597 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7598 */ | |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 void | |
| 7601 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7602 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7603 { | |
| 1516 | 7604 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7605 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7606 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7607 } | |
| 7608 | |
| 7609 void | |
| 7610 fix_indent() | |
| 7611 { | |
| 7612 if (p_paste) | |
| 7613 return; | |
| 7614 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7615 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7616 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7617 # endif | |
| 7618 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7619 else | |
| 7620 # endif | |
| 7621 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7622 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7623 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7624 # endif | |
| 7625 } | |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 #endif | |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7630 /* | |
| 7631 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7632 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7633 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7634 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7635 * | |
| 7636 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7637 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7638 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7639 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7640 * | |
| 7641 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7642 */ | |
| 7643 int | |
| 7644 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7645 int keytyped; | |
| 7646 int when; | |
| 7647 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7648 { | |
| 7649 char_u *look; | |
| 7650 int try_match; | |
| 7651 int try_match_word; | |
| 7652 char_u *p; | |
| 7653 char_u *line; | |
| 7654 int icase; | |
| 7655 int i; | |
| 7656 | |
| 2025 | 7657 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7658 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7659 return FALSE; | |
| 7660 | |
| 7 | 7661 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7662 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7663 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7664 else | |
| 7665 #endif | |
| 7666 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7667 while (*look) | |
| 7668 { | |
| 7669 /* | |
| 7670 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7671 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7672 */ | |
| 7673 switch (when) | |
| 7674 { | |
| 7675 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7676 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7677 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7678 } | |
| 7679 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7680 ++look; | |
| 7681 | |
| 7682 /* | |
| 7683 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7684 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7685 */ | |
| 7686 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7687 { | |
| 7688 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7689 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7690 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7691 ++look; | |
| 7692 } | |
| 7693 else | |
| 7694 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 /* | |
| 7697 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7698 */ | |
| 7699 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7700 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7701 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7702 #else | |
| 7703 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7704 #endif | |
| 7705 ) | |
| 7706 { | |
| 7707 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7708 return TRUE; | |
| 7709 look += 2; | |
| 7710 } | |
| 7711 /* | |
| 7712 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7713 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7714 */ | |
| 7715 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7716 { | |
| 7717 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7718 return TRUE; | |
| 7719 ++look; | |
| 7720 } | |
| 7721 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7722 { | |
| 7723 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7724 return TRUE; | |
| 7725 ++look; | |
| 7726 } | |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 /* | |
| 7729 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7730 * cursor. | |
| 7731 */ | |
| 7732 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7733 { | |
| 7734 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7735 { | |
| 7736 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7737 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7738 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7739 return TRUE; | |
| 7740 } | |
| 7741 ++look; | |
| 7742 } | |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 /* | |
| 7745 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7746 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7747 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7748 */ | |
| 7749 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7750 { | |
| 7751 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7752 { | |
| 7753 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7754 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7755 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7756 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7757 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7758 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7759 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7760 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7761 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7762 { | |
| 7763 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7764 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7765 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7766 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7767 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7768 if (i) | |
| 7769 return TRUE; | |
| 7770 } | |
| 7771 } | |
| 7772 ++look; | |
| 7773 } | |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 /* | |
| 7777 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7778 */ | |
| 7779 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7780 { | |
| 7781 if (try_match) | |
| 7782 { | |
| 7783 /* | |
| 7784 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7785 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7786 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7787 */ | |
| 7788 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7789 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7790 return TRUE; | |
| 7791 | |
| 7792 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7793 return TRUE; | |
| 7794 } | |
| 7795 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7796 look++; | |
| 7797 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7798 look++; | |
| 7799 } | |
| 7800 | |
| 7801 /* | |
| 7802 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7803 */ | |
| 7804 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7805 { | |
| 7806 ++look; | |
| 7807 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7808 { | |
| 7809 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7810 ++look; | |
| 7811 } | |
| 7812 else | |
| 7813 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7814 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7815 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7816 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7817 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7818 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7819 { | |
| 7820 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7821 | |
| 7822 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7823 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7824 { | |
| 7825 char_u *s; | |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7828 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7829 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7830 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7831 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7832 { | |
| 7833 char_u *n; | |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7836 { | |
| 7837 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7838 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7839 break; | |
| 7840 } | |
| 7841 } | |
| 7842 else | |
| 7843 # endif | |
| 7844 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7845 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7846 break; | |
| 7847 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7848 && (icase | |
| 7849 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7850 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7851 match = TRUE; | |
| 7852 } | |
| 7853 else | |
| 7854 #endif | |
| 7855 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7856 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7857 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7858 { | |
| 7859 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7860 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7861 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7862 && (icase | |
| 7863 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7864 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7865 == 0) | |
| 7866 match = TRUE; | |
| 7867 } | |
| 7868 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7869 { | |
| 7870 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7871 * word. */ | |
| 7872 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7873 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7874 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7875 match = FALSE; | |
| 7876 } | |
| 7877 if (match) | |
| 7878 return TRUE; | |
| 7879 } | |
| 7880 look = p; | |
| 7881 } | |
| 7882 | |
| 7883 /* | |
| 7884 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7885 */ | |
| 7886 else | |
| 7887 { | |
| 7888 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7889 return TRUE; | |
| 7890 ++look; | |
| 7891 } | |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 /* | |
| 7894 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7895 */ | |
| 7896 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7897 } | |
| 7898 return FALSE; | |
| 7899 } | |
| 7900 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7903 /* | |
| 7904 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7905 */ | |
| 7906 int | |
| 7907 hkmap(c) | |
| 7908 int c; | |
| 7909 { | |
| 7910 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7911 { | |
| 7912 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7913 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7914 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7915 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7916 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7917 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7918 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7919 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7920 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7921 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7922 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7923 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7924 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7927 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7928 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7929 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7930 return 'X'; | |
| 7931 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7932 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7933 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7934 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7935 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7936 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7937 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7938 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7939 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7940 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7941 #else | |
| 7942 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7943 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7944 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7945 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7946 */ | |
| 7947 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7948 #endif | |
| 7949 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7950 else | |
| 7951 return c; | |
| 7952 } | |
| 7953 else | |
| 7954 { | |
| 7955 switch (c) | |
| 7956 { | |
| 7957 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7958 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7959 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7960 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7961 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7964 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7965 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7966 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7967 default: { | |
| 7968 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7971 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7972 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7973 #else | |
| 7974 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7975 #endif | |
| 7976 return c; | |
| 7977 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7978 break; | |
| 7979 } | |
| 7980 } | |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7983 } | |
| 7984 } | |
| 7985 #endif | |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 static void | |
| 7988 ins_reg() | |
| 7989 { | |
| 7990 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7991 int regname; | |
| 7992 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7993 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7994 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7995 #endif | |
| 7 | 7996 |
| 7997 /* | |
| 7998 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7999 */ | |
| 8000 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8001 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8002 { | |
| 8003 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8004 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8005 |
| 8006 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8007 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8008 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8009 #endif | |
| 8010 } | |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8013 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8014 #endif | |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 /* | |
| 8017 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8018 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8019 */ | |
| 8020 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8021 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8022 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8023 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8024 { | |
| 8025 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8026 literally = regname; | |
| 8027 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8028 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8029 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8030 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8031 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8032 } | |
| 8033 --no_mapping; | |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 8036 /* | |
| 8037 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 8038 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 8039 */ | |
| 8040 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 8041 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8042 { | |
| 133 | 8043 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8044 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8045 # endif |
| 7 | 8046 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8047 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8048 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8049 if (im_on) | |
| 8050 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8051 # endif |
| 7 | 8052 } |
| 140 | 8053 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8054 { | |
| 8055 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8056 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8057 } |
| 7 | 8058 else |
| 8059 { | |
| 8060 #endif | |
| 8061 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8062 { | |
| 8063 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8064 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8065 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8066 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8069 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8070 } | |
| 8071 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8072 { | |
| 8073 vim_beep(); | |
| 8074 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8075 } | |
| 133 | 8076 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8077 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8078 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8079 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8080 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8081 | |
| 7 | 8082 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8083 } | |
| 8084 --no_u_sync; | |
| 8085 #endif | |
| 8086 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8087 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8088 #endif | |
| 8089 | |
| 8090 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8091 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8092 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8093 |
| 8094 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8095 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8096 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8097 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8098 #endif | |
| 7 | 8099 } |
| 8100 | |
| 8101 /* | |
| 8102 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8103 */ | |
| 8104 static void | |
| 8105 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8106 { | |
| 8107 int c; | |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8110 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8111 setcursor(); | |
| 8112 #endif | |
| 8113 | |
| 8114 /* | |
| 8115 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8116 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8117 */ | |
| 8118 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8119 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8120 --no_mapping; |
| 8121 switch (c) | |
| 8122 { | |
| 8123 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8124 case K_UP: | |
| 8125 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8126 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8127 break; | |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8130 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8131 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8132 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8133 break; | |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8136 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8137 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8138 |
| 8139 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8140 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 8141 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8142 break; |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8145 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8146 } | |
| 8147 } | |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 /* | |
| 449 | 8150 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8151 */ | |
| 8152 static void | |
| 8153 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8154 { | |
| 782 | 8155 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8156 { |
| 8157 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8158 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8159 { | |
| 8160 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8161 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8162 } | |
| 8163 else | |
| 8164 { | |
| 8165 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8166 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8167 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8168 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8169 #endif | |
| 8170 } | |
| 8171 } | |
| 8172 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8173 else | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8176 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8177 { | |
| 8178 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8179 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8180 } | |
| 8181 else | |
| 8182 { | |
| 8183 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8184 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8185 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8186 } | |
| 8187 } | |
| 8188 #endif | |
| 8189 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8190 showmode(); | |
| 8191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8192 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8193 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8194 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8195 #endif | |
| 8196 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8197 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8198 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8199 #endif | |
| 8200 } | |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 /* | |
| 7 | 8203 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8204 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8205 * insert. | |
| 8206 */ | |
| 8207 static int | |
| 477 | 8208 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8209 long *count; |
| 8210 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8211 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8212 { |
| 8213 int temp; | |
| 8214 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8215 | |
| 744 | 8216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8217 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8218 #endif | |
| 7 | 8219 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8220 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8221 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8222 # endif | |
| 8223 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8224 { | |
| 8225 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8226 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8227 } | |
| 8228 #endif | |
| 8229 | |
| 8230 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8231 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8232 { | |
| 8233 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8234 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8235 } | |
| 8236 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8237 { | |
| 8238 /* | |
| 8239 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8240 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8241 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8242 */ |
| 8243 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8244 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8245 |
| 8246 /* | |
| 8247 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8248 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8249 */ | |
| 8250 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8251 { | |
| 8252 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8253 if (got_int) | |
| 8254 *count = 0; | |
| 8255 } | |
| 8256 | |
| 8257 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8258 { | |
| 164 | 8259 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8260 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8261 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8262 | |
| 7 | 8263 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8264 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8265 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8266 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8267 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8268 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8269 } | |
| 8270 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8271 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8272 } | |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8275 * indent */ | |
| 8276 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8277 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8280 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8281 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 /* | |
| 8284 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8285 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8286 */ |
| 477 | 8287 if (!nomove |
| 8288 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8289 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8290 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8291 #endif | |
| 477 | 8292 ) |
| 8293 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8294 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8295 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8296 && !VIsual_active |
| 8297 #endif | |
| 8298 )) | |
| 7 | 8299 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8300 && !revins_on | |
| 8301 #endif | |
| 8302 ) | |
| 8303 { | |
| 8304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8305 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8306 { | |
| 8307 oneleft(); | |
| 8308 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8309 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8310 } | |
| 8311 else | |
| 8312 #endif | |
| 8313 { | |
| 8314 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8316 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8317 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8318 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8319 #endif | |
| 8320 } | |
| 8321 } | |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8324 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8325 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8326 * well). */ | |
| 8327 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8328 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8329 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8330 #endif | |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8333 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8334 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8337 setmouse(); | |
| 8338 #endif | |
| 8339 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8340 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8341 #endif | |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 /* | |
| 8344 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8345 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8346 */ | |
| 8347 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8348 showmode(); | |
| 8349 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8350 MSG(""); | |
| 8351 | |
| 8352 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8353 } | |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8356 /* | |
| 8357 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8358 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8359 */ | |
| 8360 static void | |
| 8361 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8362 { | |
| 8363 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8364 { | |
| 8365 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8366 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8367 } | |
| 8368 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8369 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8370 if (revins_on) | |
| 8371 { | |
| 8372 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8373 revins_legal++; | |
| 8374 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8375 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8376 } | |
| 8377 else | |
| 8378 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8379 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8380 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8381 { | |
| 8382 /* | |
| 8383 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8384 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8385 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8386 */ | |
| 8387 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8388 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8389 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8390 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8391 State = INSERT; | |
| 8392 } | |
| 8393 else | |
| 8394 #endif | |
| 8395 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8396 showmode(); | |
| 8397 } | |
| 8398 #endif | |
| 8399 | |
| 8400 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8401 /* | |
| 8402 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8403 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8404 */ | |
| 8405 static int | |
| 8406 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8407 int c; | |
| 8408 { | |
| 8409 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8410 switch (c) | |
| 8411 { | |
| 8412 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8413 case K_KEND: | |
| 8414 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8415 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8416 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8417 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8418 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8419 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8420 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8421 case K_UP: | |
| 8422 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8423 case K_END: | |
| 8424 case K_HOME: | |
| 8425 # endif | |
| 8426 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8427 break; | |
| 8428 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8429 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8430 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8431 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8432 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8433 case K_S_END: | |
| 8434 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8435 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8436 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8437 start_selection(); | |
| 8438 | |
| 8439 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8440 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8441 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8442 { | |
| 8443 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8446 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8447 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8448 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8449 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8450 } | |
| 8451 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8452 return TRUE; | |
| 8453 } | |
| 8454 return FALSE; | |
| 8455 } | |
| 8456 #endif | |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 /* | |
| 449 | 8459 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8460 */ | |
| 8461 static void | |
| 8462 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8463 int replaceState; | |
| 8464 { | |
| 8465 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8466 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8467 { | |
| 8468 beep_flush(); | |
| 8469 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8470 return; | |
| 8471 } | |
| 8472 #endif | |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8475 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8476 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8477 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8478 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8479 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8480 # endif | |
| 8481 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8482 # endif |
| 449 | 8483 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8484 #endif | |
| 8485 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8486 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8487 else | |
| 8488 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8489 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8490 showmode(); | |
| 8491 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8492 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8493 #endif | |
| 8494 } | |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 /* | |
| 8497 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8498 */ | |
| 8499 static void | |
| 8500 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8501 { | |
| 8502 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8503 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8504 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8505 else | |
| 8506 #endif | |
| 8507 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8508 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8509 else | |
| 8510 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8511 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8512 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8513 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8514 else | |
| 8515 #endif | |
| 8516 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8517 } | |
| 8518 | |
| 8519 /* | |
| 7 | 8520 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8521 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8522 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8523 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8524 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8525 */ | |
| 8526 static void | |
| 8527 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8528 int c; | |
| 8529 int lastc; | |
| 8530 { | |
| 8531 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8532 return; | |
| 8533 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 /* | |
| 8536 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8537 */ | |
| 1330 | 8538 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8539 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8540 { |
| 8541 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8542 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8543 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8544 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8545 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8546 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8547 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8548 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8549 } |
| 8550 else | |
| 1516 | 8551 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8552 |
| 8553 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8554 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8555 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8556 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8557 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8558 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8559 #endif | |
| 8560 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8561 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8562 #endif | |
| 8563 } | |
| 8564 | |
| 8565 static void | |
| 8566 ins_del() | |
| 8567 { | |
| 8568 int temp; | |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8571 return; | |
| 8572 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8573 { | |
| 8574 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8575 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8576 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8577 vim_beep(); |
| 8578 else | |
| 8579 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8580 } | |
| 8581 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8582 vim_beep(); | |
| 8583 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8584 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8585 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8586 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8587 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8588 #endif | |
| 8589 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8590 } | |
| 8591 | |
| 1460 | 8592 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8593 | |
| 8594 /* | |
| 8595 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8596 */ | |
| 8597 static void | |
| 8598 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8599 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8600 { | |
| 8601 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8602 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8603 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8604 { | |
| 8605 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8606 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8607 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8608 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8609 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8610 } |
| 8611 else | |
| 8612 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8613 } | |
| 8614 | |
| 7 | 8615 /* |
| 8616 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8617 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8618 */ | |
| 8619 static int | |
| 8620 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8621 int c; | |
| 8622 int mode; | |
| 8623 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8624 { | |
| 8625 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8626 int cc; | |
| 8627 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8628 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8629 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8630 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8631 int in_indent; | |
| 8632 int oldState; | |
| 8633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8634 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8635 #endif |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 /* | |
| 8638 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8639 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8640 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8641 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8642 */ | |
| 8643 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8644 || ( | |
| 8645 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8646 !revins_on && | |
| 8647 #endif | |
| 8648 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8649 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8650 && (arrow_used | |
| 8651 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8652 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8653 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8654 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8655 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 8657 vim_beep(); | |
| 8658 return FALSE; | |
| 8659 } | |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8662 return FALSE; | |
| 8663 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8664 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8665 if (in_indent) | |
| 8666 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8667 #endif | |
| 8668 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8669 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8670 #endif | |
| 8671 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8672 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8673 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8674 #endif | |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8677 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8678 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8679 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8680 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8681 */ | |
| 8682 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8683 { | |
| 8684 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8685 { | |
| 8686 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8687 return TRUE; | |
| 8688 } | |
| 8689 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8690 { | |
| 8691 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8692 return TRUE; | |
| 8693 } | |
| 8694 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8695 } | |
| 8696 #endif | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 /* | |
| 8699 * delete newline! | |
| 8700 */ | |
| 8701 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8702 { | |
| 8703 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8704 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8705 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8706 || revins_on | |
| 8707 #endif | |
| 8708 ) | |
| 8709 { | |
| 8710 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8711 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8712 return FALSE; | |
| 8713 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8714 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 /* | |
| 8717 * In replace mode: | |
| 8718 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8719 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8720 */ | |
| 8721 cc = -1; | |
| 8722 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8723 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8724 /* | |
| 8725 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8726 * cursor. | |
| 8727 */ | |
| 8728 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8729 { | |
| 8730 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8731 } | |
| 8732 else | |
| 8733 { | |
| 8734 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8735 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8736 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8737 #endif | |
| 8738 { | |
| 8739 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8740 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8741 |
| 8742 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8743 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8744 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8745 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8746 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8747 { | |
| 8748 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8749 TRUE); | |
| 8750 int len; | |
| 8751 | |
| 835 | 8752 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8753 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8754 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8755 } | |
| 8756 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8757 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8758 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8759 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8760 } | |
| 8761 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8762 else | |
| 8763 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8764 #endif | |
| 8765 | |
| 8766 /* | |
| 8767 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8768 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8769 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8770 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8771 */ | |
| 8772 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8773 { | |
| 8774 /* | |
| 8775 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8776 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8777 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8778 */ | |
| 8779 oldState = State; | |
| 8780 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8781 /* | |
| 8782 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8783 */ | |
| 8784 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8785 { | |
| 1872 | 8786 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8788 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8789 #else | |
| 8790 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8791 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8792 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8793 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8794 } | |
| 8795 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8796 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8797 State = oldState; | |
| 8798 } | |
| 8799 } | |
| 8800 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8801 } | |
| 8802 else | |
| 8803 { | |
| 8804 /* | |
| 8805 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8806 */ | |
| 8807 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8808 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8809 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8810 #endif | |
| 8811 mincol = 0; | |
| 8812 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8813 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8814 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8815 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8816 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8817 #endif |
| 8818 ) | |
| 7 | 8819 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8820 && !revins_on | |
| 8821 #endif | |
| 8822 ) | |
| 8823 { | |
| 1872 | 8824 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8825 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8826 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8827 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8828 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8829 } |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 /* | |
| 8832 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8833 */ | |
| 8834 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8835 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8836 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8837 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8838 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8839 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8840 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8841 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8842 { | |
| 8843 int ts; | |
| 8844 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8845 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8846 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8847 |
| 8848 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8849 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8850 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8851 else | |
| 8852 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8853 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8854 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8855 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8856 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8857 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8858 dec_cursor(); |
| 8859 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8860 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8861 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8864 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8865 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8866 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8867 |
| 8868 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8869 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8870 { | |
| 8871 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8872 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8873 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8874 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8877 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8878 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8879 else | |
| 8880 #endif | |
| 8881 { | |
| 8882 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8883 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8884 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8885 } |
| 8886 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8887 } | |
| 1460 | 8888 |
| 8889 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8890 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8891 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8892 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8893 } |
| 8894 | |
| 8895 /* | |
| 8896 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8897 */ | |
| 8898 else do | |
| 8899 { | |
| 8900 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8901 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8902 #endif | |
| 8903 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8904 | |
| 8905 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8906 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8907 { | |
| 8908 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8909 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8910 } | |
| 8911 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8912 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8913 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8914 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8915 { | |
| 8916 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8917 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8918 #endif | |
| 8919 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8920 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8921 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8922 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8923 #endif | |
| 8924 break; | |
| 8925 } | |
| 8926 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8927 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8928 else |
| 8929 { | |
| 8930 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8931 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8932 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8933 #endif |
| 8934 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8935 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8936 /* | |
| 714 | 8937 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8938 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8939 * character. |
| 8940 */ | |
| 714 | 8941 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8942 inc_cursor(); |
| 8943 #endif | |
| 8944 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8945 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8946 { | |
| 8947 revins_chars--; | |
| 8948 revins_legal++; | |
| 8949 } | |
| 8950 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8951 break; | |
| 8952 #endif | |
| 8953 } | |
| 8954 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8955 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8956 break; | |
| 8957 } while ( | |
| 8958 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8959 revins_on || | |
| 8960 #endif | |
| 8961 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8962 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8963 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8964 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8965 } | |
| 8966 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8967 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8968 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8969 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8970 #endif | |
| 8971 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8972 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8973 /* | |
| 8974 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8975 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8976 * with. | |
| 8977 */ | |
| 8978 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8979 | |
| 8980 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8981 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8982 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8983 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8986 * was there remains visible | |
| 8987 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8988 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8989 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8990 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8991 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 8992 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 8993 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 8994 | |
| 1514 | 8995 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8996 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8997 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8998 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8999 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9000 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9001 #endif | |
| 9002 | |
| 7 | 9003 return did_backspace; |
| 9004 } | |
| 9005 | |
| 9006 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9007 static void | |
| 9008 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9009 int c; | |
| 9010 { | |
| 9011 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9012 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9013 |
| 9014 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9015 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9016 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9017 # endif | |
| 9018 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9019 return; | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9022 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9023 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9024 { | |
| 840 | 9025 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9026 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9029 { | |
| 9030 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9031 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9032 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9033 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9034 } | |
| 9035 #endif | |
| 9036 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9037 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9038 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9039 { | |
| 9040 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9041 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9042 } | |
| 9043 #endif | |
| 7 | 9044 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9045 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9046 # endif | |
| 9047 } | |
| 9048 | |
| 9049 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9050 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9051 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9052 #endif | |
| 9053 } | |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9056 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9057 int dir; |
| 7 | 9058 { |
| 9059 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9060 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9061 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9062 # endif | |
| 9063 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9064 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9065 # endif |
| 9066 | |
| 9067 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9070 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 9071 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 9072 { | |
| 9073 int row, col; | |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9076 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9079 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9080 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9083 # endif | |
| 9084 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9085 | |
| 1434 | 9086 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9087 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9088 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9089 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9090 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9091 # endif | |
| 9092 ) | |
| 9093 # endif | |
| 9094 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9095 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9096 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9097 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9098 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9099 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9100 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9101 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9102 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9103 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9104 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9105 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9106 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9107 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9108 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9109 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9110 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9111 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9112 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9113 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9114 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9115 #endif |
| 1434 | 9116 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9117 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9118 # endif | |
| 9119 } | |
| 7 | 9120 |
| 9121 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9122 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9123 | |
| 9124 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9125 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9126 # endif | |
| 9127 | |
| 1434 | 9128 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9129 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9130 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9131 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9132 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9133 { | |
| 9134 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9135 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 # endif | |
| 9138 | |
| 7 | 9139 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9140 { | |
| 9141 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9142 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9143 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9144 # endif | |
| 9145 } | |
| 9146 } | |
| 9147 #endif | |
| 9148 | |
| 692 | 9149 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9150 static void |
| 692 | 9151 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9152 int c; | |
| 9153 { | |
| 9154 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9155 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9156 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9157 { | |
| 9158 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9159 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9160 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9161 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9162 # endif | |
| 9163 } | |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9166 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9167 else | |
| 846 | 9168 { |
| 692 | 9169 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9170 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9171 } | |
| 692 | 9172 } |
| 9173 #endif | |
| 9174 | |
| 9175 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9176 void |
| 9177 ins_scroll() | |
| 9178 { | |
| 9179 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9180 | |
| 9181 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9182 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9183 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9184 { | |
| 9185 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9186 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9187 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9188 # endif | |
| 9189 } | |
| 9190 } | |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 void | |
| 9193 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9194 { | |
| 9195 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9196 | |
| 9197 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9198 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9199 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9200 { |
| 9201 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9202 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9203 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9204 # endif | |
| 9205 } | |
| 9206 } | |
| 9207 #endif | |
| 9208 | |
| 9209 static void | |
| 9210 ins_left() | |
| 9211 { | |
| 9212 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9215 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9216 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9217 #endif | |
| 9218 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9219 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9220 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9221 { | |
| 941 | 9222 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9223 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9224 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9225 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9226 #endif | |
| 9227 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9228 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9229 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9230 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9231 revins_legal++; | |
| 9232 revins_chars++; | |
| 9233 #endif | |
| 9234 } | |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 /* | |
| 9237 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9238 * previous line | |
| 9239 */ | |
| 9240 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9241 { | |
| 9242 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9243 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9244 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9245 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9246 } | |
| 9247 else | |
| 9248 vim_beep(); | |
| 9249 } | |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 static void | |
| 9252 ins_home(c) | |
| 9253 int c; | |
| 9254 { | |
| 9255 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9258 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9259 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9260 #endif | |
| 9261 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9262 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9263 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9264 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9265 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9266 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9267 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9268 #endif | |
| 9269 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9270 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9271 } | |
| 9272 | |
| 9273 static void | |
| 9274 ins_end(c) | |
| 9275 int c; | |
| 9276 { | |
| 9277 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9278 | |
| 9279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9280 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9281 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9282 #endif | |
| 9283 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9284 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9285 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9286 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9287 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9288 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9289 | |
| 9290 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9291 } | |
| 9292 | |
| 9293 static void | |
| 9294 ins_s_left() | |
| 9295 { | |
| 9296 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9297 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9298 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9299 #endif | |
| 9300 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9301 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9302 { | |
| 9303 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9304 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9305 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9306 } | |
| 9307 else | |
| 9308 vim_beep(); | |
| 9309 } | |
| 9310 | |
| 9311 static void | |
| 9312 ins_right() | |
| 9313 { | |
| 9314 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9315 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9316 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9317 #endif | |
| 9318 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9319 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9320 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9321 || virtual_active() | |
| 9322 #endif | |
| 7 | 9323 ) |
| 9324 { | |
| 9325 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9326 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9327 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9328 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9329 oneright(); | |
| 9330 else | |
| 9331 #endif | |
| 9332 { | |
| 9333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9334 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9335 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9336 else |
| 9337 #endif | |
| 9338 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9339 } | |
| 9340 | |
| 9341 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9342 revins_legal++; | |
| 9343 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9344 revins_chars--; | |
| 9345 #endif | |
| 9346 } | |
| 9347 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9348 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9349 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9350 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9351 { | |
| 9352 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9353 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9354 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9355 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9356 } | |
| 9357 else | |
| 9358 vim_beep(); | |
| 9359 } | |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 static void | |
| 9362 ins_s_right() | |
| 9363 { | |
| 9364 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9365 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9366 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9367 #endif | |
| 9368 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9369 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9370 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9371 { | |
| 9372 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9373 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9374 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9375 } | |
| 9376 else | |
| 9377 vim_beep(); | |
| 9378 } | |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 static void | |
| 9381 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9382 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9383 { | |
| 9384 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9385 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9386 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9387 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9388 #endif | |
| 9389 | |
| 9390 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9391 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9392 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 if (startcol) | |
| 9395 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9396 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9397 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9398 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9399 #endif | |
| 9400 ) | |
| 9401 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9402 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9403 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9404 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9405 #endif | |
| 9406 } | |
| 9407 else | |
| 9408 vim_beep(); | |
| 9409 } | |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 static void | |
| 9412 ins_pageup() | |
| 9413 { | |
| 9414 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9415 | |
| 9416 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9417 |
| 9418 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9419 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9420 { | |
| 9421 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9422 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9423 { | |
| 9424 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9425 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9426 } | |
| 828 | 9427 return; |
| 9428 } | |
| 9429 #endif | |
| 9430 | |
| 7 | 9431 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9432 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9433 { | |
| 9434 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9435 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9436 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9437 #endif | |
| 9438 } | |
| 9439 else | |
| 9440 vim_beep(); | |
| 9441 } | |
| 9442 | |
| 9443 static void | |
| 9444 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9445 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9446 { | |
| 9447 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9448 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9450 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9451 #endif | |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9454 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9455 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9456 { | |
| 9457 if (startcol) | |
| 9458 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9459 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9460 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9461 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9462 #endif | |
| 9463 ) | |
| 9464 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9465 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9466 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9467 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9468 #endif | |
| 9469 } | |
| 9470 else | |
| 9471 vim_beep(); | |
| 9472 } | |
| 9473 | |
| 9474 static void | |
| 9475 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9476 { | |
| 9477 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9478 | |
| 9479 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9480 |
| 9481 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9482 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9483 { | |
| 9484 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9485 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9486 { | |
| 9487 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9488 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9489 } | |
| 828 | 9490 return; |
| 9491 } | |
| 9492 #endif | |
| 9493 | |
| 7 | 9494 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9495 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9496 { | |
| 9497 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9498 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9499 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9500 #endif | |
| 9501 } | |
| 9502 else | |
| 9503 vim_beep(); | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 | |
| 9506 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9507 static void | |
| 9508 ins_drop() | |
| 9509 { | |
| 9510 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9511 } | |
| 9512 #endif | |
| 9513 | |
| 9514 /* | |
| 9515 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9516 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9517 */ | |
| 9518 static int | |
| 9519 ins_tab() | |
| 9520 { | |
| 9521 int ind; | |
| 9522 int i; | |
| 9523 int temp; | |
| 9524 | |
| 9525 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9526 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9527 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9528 return FALSE; | |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9531 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9532 if (ind) | |
| 9533 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9534 #endif | |
| 9535 | |
| 9536 /* | |
| 9537 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9538 */ | |
| 9539 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9540 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9541 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9542 return TRUE; | |
| 9543 | |
| 9544 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9545 return TRUE; | |
| 9546 | |
| 9547 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9548 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9549 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9550 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9551 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9552 #endif | |
| 9553 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9554 | |
| 9555 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9556 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9557 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9558 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9559 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9560 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9561 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 /* | |
| 9564 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9565 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9566 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9567 */ | |
| 9568 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9569 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9570 { | |
| 9571 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9572 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9573 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9574 else | |
| 9575 #endif | |
| 9576 { | |
| 9577 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9578 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9579 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9580 } | |
| 9581 } | |
| 9582 | |
| 9583 /* | |
| 9584 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9585 */ | |
| 9586 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9587 { | |
| 9588 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9589 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9590 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9591 pos_T pos; | |
| 9592 #endif | |
| 9593 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9594 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9595 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9596 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9597 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 /* | |
| 9600 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9601 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9602 */ | |
| 9603 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9604 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9605 { | |
| 9606 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9607 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9608 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9609 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9610 return FALSE; | |
| 9611 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9612 } | |
| 9613 else | |
| 9614 #endif | |
| 9615 { | |
| 9616 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9617 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9618 } | |
| 9619 | |
| 9620 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9621 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9622 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9625 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9626 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9627 { | |
| 9628 --fpos.col; | |
| 9629 --ptr; | |
| 9630 } | |
| 9631 | |
| 9632 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9633 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9634 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9635 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9636 { | |
| 9637 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9638 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9639 } | |
| 9640 | |
| 9641 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9642 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9643 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9644 | |
| 9645 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9646 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9647 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9648 { | |
| 9649 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9650 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9651 break; | |
| 9652 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9653 { | |
| 9654 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9655 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9656 { | |
| 9657 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9658 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9659 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9660 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9661 } | |
| 9662 } | |
| 9663 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9664 ++ptr; | |
| 9665 vcol += i; | |
| 9666 } | |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9669 { | |
| 9670 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9671 | |
| 9672 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9673 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9674 { | |
| 9675 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9676 ++ptr; | |
| 9677 ++repl_off; | |
| 9678 } | |
| 9679 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9680 { | |
| 9681 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9682 --ptr; | |
| 9683 --repl_off; | |
| 9684 } | |
| 9685 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9686 | |
| 9687 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9688 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9689 if (i > 0) | |
| 9690 { | |
| 1622 | 9691 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9692 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9693 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9694 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9695 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9696 #endif | |
| 9697 ) | |
| 9698 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9699 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9700 } | |
| 33 | 9701 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9702 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9703 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9704 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9705 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9706 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9707 } | |
| 9708 #endif | |
| 7 | 9709 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9710 | |
| 9711 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9712 /* | |
| 9713 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9714 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9715 * spacing. | |
| 9716 */ | |
| 9717 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9718 { | |
| 9719 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9720 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9723 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9724 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9725 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9726 } | |
| 9727 #endif | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9731 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9732 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9733 #endif | |
| 9734 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9735 } | |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 return FALSE; | |
| 9738 } | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 /* | |
| 9741 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9742 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9743 */ | |
| 9744 static int | |
| 9745 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9746 int c; | |
| 9747 { | |
| 9748 int i; | |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9751 return FALSE; | |
| 9752 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9753 return TRUE; | |
| 9754 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 /* | |
| 9757 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9758 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9759 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9760 */ | |
| 9761 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9762 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9763 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9764 #endif | |
| 9765 ) | |
| 9766 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9767 | |
| 9768 /* | |
| 9769 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9770 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9771 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9772 * in open_line(). | |
| 9773 */ | |
| 9774 | |
| 844 | 9775 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9776 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9777 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9778 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9779 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9780 #endif | |
| 9781 | |
| 7 | 9782 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9783 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9784 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9785 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9786 # endif | |
| 9787 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9788 * current line. */ | |
| 9789 if (revins_on) | |
| 9790 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9791 #endif | |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9794 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9795 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9796 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9797 #endif | |
| 9798 0, old_indent); | |
| 9799 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9800 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9801 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9802 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9803 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9804 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9805 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9806 #endif | |
| 7 | 9807 |
| 9808 return (!i); | |
| 9809 } | |
| 9810 | |
| 9811 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9812 /* | |
| 9813 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9814 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9815 * done. | |
| 9816 */ | |
| 9817 static int | |
| 9818 ins_digraph() | |
| 9819 { | |
| 9820 int c; | |
| 9821 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9822 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9823 |
| 9824 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9825 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9826 { | |
| 9827 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9828 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9829 |
| 9830 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9831 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9832 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9833 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9834 #endif | |
| 9835 } | |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9838 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9839 #endif | |
| 9840 | |
| 9841 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9842 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9843 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9844 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9845 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9846 --no_mapping; |
| 9847 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9848 if (did_putchar) |
| 9849 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9850 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9851 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9852 |
| 7 | 9853 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9854 { | |
| 9855 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9856 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9857 #endif | |
| 9858 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9859 return NUL; | |
| 9860 } | |
| 9861 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9862 { | |
| 2811 | 9863 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9864 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9865 { | |
| 9866 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9867 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9868 |
| 9869 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9870 { | |
| 661 | 9871 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9872 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9873 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9874 } |
| 9875 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9876 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9877 #endif | |
| 9878 } | |
| 9879 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9880 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9881 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9882 --no_mapping; |
| 9883 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9884 if (did_putchar) |
| 9885 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9886 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9887 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9888 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9889 { | |
| 9890 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9891 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9892 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9893 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9894 #endif | |
| 9895 return c; | |
| 9896 } | |
| 9897 } | |
| 9898 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9899 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9900 #endif | |
| 9901 return NUL; | |
| 9902 } | |
| 9903 #endif | |
| 9904 | |
| 9905 /* | |
| 9906 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9907 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9908 */ | |
| 3501 | 9909 int |
| 7 | 9910 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 9911 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9912 { | |
| 9913 int c; | |
| 9914 int temp; | |
| 9915 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9916 | |
| 9917 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9918 { | |
| 9919 vim_beep(); | |
| 9920 return NUL; | |
| 9921 } | |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9924 temp = 0; | |
| 9925 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9926 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9927 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9928 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9929 { | |
| 9930 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9931 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9932 } | |
| 9933 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9934 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9937 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9938 #else | |
| 9939 c = *ptr; | |
| 9940 #endif | |
| 9941 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9942 vim_beep(); | |
| 9943 return c; | |
| 9944 } | |
| 9945 | |
| 449 | 9946 /* |
| 9947 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9948 */ | |
| 9949 static int | |
| 9950 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9951 int tc; | |
| 9952 { | |
| 9953 int c = tc; | |
| 9954 | |
| 9955 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9956 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9957 { | |
| 9958 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9959 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9960 else | |
| 9961 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9962 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9963 } | |
| 9964 else | |
| 9965 #endif | |
| 9966 { | |
| 9967 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9968 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9969 { | |
| 9970 long tw_save; | |
| 9971 | |
| 9972 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9973 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9974 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9975 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9976 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9977 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9978 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9979 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9980 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9981 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9982 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9983 revins_chars++; | |
| 9984 revins_legal++; | |
| 9985 #endif | |
| 9986 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9987 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9988 } | |
| 9989 } | |
| 9990 return c; | |
| 9991 } | |
| 9992 | |
| 7 | 9993 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9994 /* | |
| 9995 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9996 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9997 */ | |
| 9998 static void | |
| 9999 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10000 int c; | |
| 10001 { | |
| 10002 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10003 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10004 int i; | |
| 10005 int temp; | |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 /* | |
| 10008 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10009 */ | |
| 10010 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10011 { | |
| 10012 /* | |
| 10013 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10014 */ | |
| 10015 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10016 { | |
| 10017 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10018 /* | |
| 10019 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10020 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10021 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10022 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10023 * lines -- webb | |
| 10024 */ | |
| 10025 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10026 i = pos->col; | |
| 10027 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10028 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10029 ; | |
| 10030 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10031 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10032 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10033 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10034 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10035 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10036 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10037 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10038 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10039 else |
| 10040 #endif | |
| 10041 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10042 } | |
| 10043 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10044 { | |
| 10045 /* | |
| 10046 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10047 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10048 */ | |
| 10049 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10050 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10051 { | |
| 10052 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10053 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10054 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10055 { | |
| 10056 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10057 | |
| 10058 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10059 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10060 break; | |
| 10061 } | |
| 10062 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10063 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10064 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10065 } | |
| 10066 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10067 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10068 } |
| 10069 } | |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 /* | |
| 10072 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10073 */ | |
| 10074 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10075 { | |
| 10076 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10077 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10078 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10079 } | |
| 10080 | |
| 10081 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10082 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10083 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10084 } | |
| 10085 #endif | |
| 10086 | |
| 10087 /* | |
| 10088 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10089 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10090 */ | |
| 10091 static colnr_T | |
| 10092 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10093 { | |
| 10094 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10095 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10096 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10097 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10098 } | |
| 3390 | 10099 |
| 10100 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10101 /* | |
| 10102 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10103 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10104 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10105 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10106 */ | |
| 10107 static char_u * | |
| 10108 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10109 int c; | |
| 10110 { | |
| 10111 char_u *res; | |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10114 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10115 return NULL; | |
| 10116 | |
| 10117 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ | |
| 10118 ++textlock; | |
| 10119 set_vim_var_char(c); /* set v:char */ | |
| 10120 | |
| 10121 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) | |
| 10122 /* Get the new value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10123 * character. */ | |
| 10124 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10125 else | |
| 10126 res = NULL; | |
| 10127 | |
| 10128 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10129 --textlock; | |
| 10130 | |
| 10131 return res; | |
| 10132 } | |
| 10133 #endif |